Search

Search Results

• 1. [Article] Principal indicator species of forested plant associations on national forests in northeastern Oregon and southeastern Washington

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Principal indicator species of forested plant associations on national forests in northeastern Oregon and southeastern Washington Author: Johnson, Charles G., United States. Forest Service. Pacific Northwest Region Title: Principal indicator species of forested plant associations on national forests in northeastern Oregon and southeastern Washington Author: Johnson, Charles G., United States. Forest Service. Pacific Northwest Region Close

• 2. [Article] An Integrated Approach to Gauge the Effects of Global Climate Change on Headwater Stream Ecosystems

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: An Integrated Approach to Gauge the Effects of Global Climate Change on Headwater Stream Ecosystems Author: Bury, Gwendolynn Wolfheim Title: An Integrated Approach to Gauge the Effects of Global Climate Change on Headwater Stream Ecosystems Author: Bury, Gwendolynn Wolfheim Close

• 3. [Article] Considering the Great Blue Heron as an Indicator Species for Organochlorine Contamination in the Willamette River, Oregon

  18 p. Term paper produced for HC 441: Science Colloquium: Willamette River Environmental Health, Robert D. Clark Honors College, University of Oregon , Spring term, 2004.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Considering the Great Blue Heron as an Indicator Species for Organochlorine Contamination in the Willamette River, Oregon Author: Gordon, Eleanor Year: 2005, 2004 18 p. Term paper produced for HC 441: Science Colloquium: Willamette River Environmental Health, Robert D. Clark Honors College, University of Oregon , Spring term, 2004. Title: Considering the Great Blue Heron as an Indicator Species for Organochlorine Contamination in the Willamette River, Oregon Author: Gordon, Eleanor Year: 2005, 2004 18 p. Term paper produced for HC 441: Science Colloquium: Willamette River Environmental Health, Robert D. Clark Honors College, University of Oregon , Spring term, 2004. Close

• 4. [Article] Ground dwelling beetles in early and late successional forests in the western Cascades of Oregon

  The effects of forest cutting on forested systems and the biotic components of those systems has been at the forefront of scientific research. The inventory and monitoring of biodiversity is one technique ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ground dwelling beetles in early and late successional forests in the western Cascades of Oregon Author: Heyborne, William H. The effects of forest cutting on forested systems and the biotic components of those systems has been at the forefront of scientific research. The inventory and monitoring of biodiversity is one technique used for measuring the effects of forest management. Because bioinventory studies are expensive, indicator species are often sought to serve as surrogates for the entire biotic community. Insects may be useful as indicator species. The purpose of this study was to perform an inventory of the ground dwelling beetles of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, and then use that inventory to assess the impact of forest management. Beetle communities were compared over time (17 years) and across variously aged stands and associated floral communities to determine the effects of clear-cut management. Pitfall traps were used at 37 sites to collect ground dwelling Coleoptera over a three week period in 1982, 1983, and 1999. A total of 11,191 individuals of 224 species were collected. The resultant catch was analyzed using univariate and multivariate statistical techniques. Results showed significantly different beetle communities among the four seral stages sampled. Beetles were more abundant in old growth sites. Species diversity was highest in clear-cut sites. Vegetation association was shown to significantly affect beetle communities, but was dependent on level of definition. Time also significantly affected beetle communities, with the beetle assemblages following a predictable trajectory parallel to vegetation succession. Functional group composition was found to change significantly over time, but was inconsistent between years. Title: Ground dwelling beetles in early and late successional forests in the western Cascades of Oregon Author: Heyborne, William H. The effects of forest cutting on forested systems and the biotic components of those systems has been at the forefront of scientific research. The inventory and monitoring of biodiversity is one technique used for measuring the effects of forest management. Because bioinventory studies are expensive, indicator species are often sought to serve as surrogates for the entire biotic community. Insects may be useful as indicator species. The purpose of this study was to perform an inventory of the ground dwelling beetles of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, and then use that inventory to assess the impact of forest management. Beetle communities were compared over time (17 years) and across variously aged stands and associated floral communities to determine the effects of clear-cut management. Pitfall traps were used at 37 sites to collect ground dwelling Coleoptera over a three week period in 1982, 1983, and 1999. A total of 11,191 individuals of 224 species were collected. The resultant catch was analyzed using univariate and multivariate statistical techniques. Results showed significantly different beetle communities among the four seral stages sampled. Beetles were more abundant in old growth sites. Species diversity was highest in clear-cut sites. Vegetation association was shown to significantly affect beetle communities, but was dependent on level of definition. Time also significantly affected beetle communities, with the beetle assemblages following a predictable trajectory parallel to vegetation succession. Functional group composition was found to change significantly over time, but was inconsistent between years. Close

• 5. [Article] Distribution and abundance of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos Islands

  The Galapagos Islands, located off the coast of Ecuador, have a spatially diverse marine environment suitable for a variety of species with different climatic requirements. A year-long inventory program ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution and abundance of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos Islands Author: Figueroa, Diego The Galapagos Islands, located off the coast of Ecuador, have a spatially diverse marine environment suitable for a variety of species with different climatic requirements. A year-long inventory program was carried out in 2000-2001 to provide baseline data on the abundances and distribution of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates. The purposes of this analysis are to use these data to describe the major trends in the community composition of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates and to relate the observed community structure to environmental parameters. A series of Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NIMS) ordinations, Multi-Response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and Indicator Species Analyses (ISA) were performed on the community data. The results are analyzed with respect to major climate zones, upwelling regimes, prevalent benthic community, regional distribution of species, and habitat preferences. The results show that the community of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos has a considerable degree of structure. Although most environmental variables do not show a strong relationship with individual ordination axes, a clear pattern can be discerned. The species composition of the communities in the warm tropical zone to the north is different from that of the coldest zone of the islands in the west. The community composition of the central and southern zones do not separate as clearly in the ordination space, but the communities belonging to the cool southern region are more similar to those of the tropical zone than to those of the coldest western region. Weaker patterns of community structure are observed when analyzing the data with respect to upwelling regime and community type (algal or coral). When groups of sites are defined with respect to environmental attributes, MRPP shows that there are small differences in species composition between groups, while Indicator Species Analysis yields several strong indicators for each group. The results of the ordination, MRPP tests, and Indicator Species Analysis suggest that the majority of fish and macro-invertebrate species of Galapagos are generalists, found across all environmental gradients; but that there are also significant numbers of more specialized species that occur in only limited regions. In order to properly protect these specialized species, fully protected zones should be established in each of these different regions. This study provides a baseline for future studies of nearshore marine faunistics in Galapagos. Future studies of the community structure of fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos Islands will be able to document changes by comparing their results to those presented here. This information can then be used to help identify causes for changes, whether they are natural or anthropogenic. Title: Distribution and abundance of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos Islands Author: Figueroa, Diego The Galapagos Islands, located off the coast of Ecuador, have a spatially diverse marine environment suitable for a variety of species with different climatic requirements. A year-long inventory program was carried out in 2000-2001 to provide baseline data on the abundances and distribution of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates. The purposes of this analysis are to use these data to describe the major trends in the community composition of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates and to relate the observed community structure to environmental parameters. A series of Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NIMS) ordinations, Multi-Response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and Indicator Species Analyses (ISA) were performed on the community data. The results are analyzed with respect to major climate zones, upwelling regimes, prevalent benthic community, regional distribution of species, and habitat preferences. The results show that the community of coastal fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos has a considerable degree of structure. Although most environmental variables do not show a strong relationship with individual ordination axes, a clear pattern can be discerned. The species composition of the communities in the warm tropical zone to the north is different from that of the coldest zone of the islands in the west. The community composition of the central and southern zones do not separate as clearly in the ordination space, but the communities belonging to the cool southern region are more similar to those of the tropical zone than to those of the coldest western region. Weaker patterns of community structure are observed when analyzing the data with respect to upwelling regime and community type (algal or coral). When groups of sites are defined with respect to environmental attributes, MRPP shows that there are small differences in species composition between groups, while Indicator Species Analysis yields several strong indicators for each group. The results of the ordination, MRPP tests, and Indicator Species Analysis suggest that the majority of fish and macro-invertebrate species of Galapagos are generalists, found across all environmental gradients; but that there are also significant numbers of more specialized species that occur in only limited regions. In order to properly protect these specialized species, fully protected zones should be established in each of these different regions. This study provides a baseline for future studies of nearshore marine faunistics in Galapagos. Future studies of the community structure of fish and macro-invertebrates in the Galapagos Islands will be able to document changes by comparing their results to those presented here. This information can then be used to help identify causes for changes, whether they are natural or anthropogenic. Close

• 6. [Article] Non-native and native plant species distributions and variability along an elevation gradient in the Wallowa Mountains, Oregon

  Invasion by non-native plants into natural areas is an important component of global change that threatens biodiversity and ecosystem structure and function. Mountains are currently among the least invaded ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Non-native and native plant species distributions and variability along an elevation gradient in the Wallowa Mountains, Oregon Author: Averett, Joshua P. Invasion by non-native plants into natural areas is an important component of global change that threatens biodiversity and ecosystem structure and function. Mountains are currently among the least invaded ecosystems, however, these biodiversity hotspots are increasingly under threat of exotic plant invasion. Evaluation of plant species distribution patterns in mountain ecosystems can provide insight into dominant processes of plant invasion and inform management to reduce the spread of non-native plants in mountains. The objectives of this study were to: 1) evaluate the main drivers of plant invasions in the Wallowa Mountain Range of northeastern Oregon, and the extent patterns of native species distributions and their causes differed from non-native species along an elevation gradient; and 2) investigate inter- and intra-annual understory vascular plant species variability along an elevation gradient to inform long-term monitoring of plant invasion dynamics in the Wallowa Mountains. We sampled understory vascular plant communities in summer 2012 along three forest roads in the Wallowa Mountains. Transects (n=20) were evenly stratified by elevation (60 meters) along each road. Indicator species analysis (ISA) was used to identify habitat tendencies for non-native species. Non-metric multidimensional scaling (NMS) related community composition to environmental and species trait factors. Predictors of non-native and native species abundance and richness were evaluated using Non-parametric multiplicative regression (NPMR). Canopy openness and elevation niche widths were modeled for all common species and evaluated for evidence of high elevation or closed canopy specialization. Non-native species richness decreased continuously with increasing elevation. In contrast, native species richness displayed a unimodal distribution with maximum richness at the mid-elevations. According to NMS and NPMR, elevation, canopy openness, and disturbance were the strongest correlates of non-native species abundance. Non-native species were concentrated in low elevation bunchgrass, roadside, and open forest habitats with high canopy openness, and moderate to high disturbance intensity. Overlays of species trait factors onto ordinations revealed that the transition into the subalpine community and over-story canopy closure exceeding approximately 60 percent were potential barriers to non-native species establishment. Vegetation sampling was repeated three times (June, July, and August 2013) during the growing season in summer 2013 for a subset (n=10) of our transects. Blocked Multi Response Permutation Procedure (MRBP) was used to test the hypothesis of no change in species composition between years (summer 2012 and summer 2013) and between each sampling period (June, July, and August) within one growing season. NMS related community composition at different times to environmental and trait category factors. Blocked Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify species with tendencies towards specific sampling periods. Important predictors of vegetation change were identified and indicator species distributions were related to NMS axes using NPMR. Vegetation composition changed both between years and between each sampling period within one growing season. Species richness increased with sampling effort, dominant species were consistently found throughout all sampling periods and rare species showed the highest rate of turnover between sampling periods. The highest species richness and greatest number of indicator species were associated with the early summer (June) sampling period. Approximately 25% of all non-native species showed tendencies towards a specific sampling period where greater than half favored the June sampling period within lowland bunchgrass communities. Annual species including the most dominant non-native species within the lowland and montane zones showed the highest inter- and intra-annual variability compared to other trait categories. Total species richness was positively related to turnover and was the most important predictor of relative abundance change between all sampling periods. Species turnover was highest in species rich montane plots; however, trait abundance and richness did not statistically differ in montane plots. These data suggest that elevation, canopy, openness, and disturbance are important factors structuring non-native plant distributions in the Wallowa Mountains. Our findings that non-native species tended to be concentrated in low elevation, early successional habitats coupled with a lack of high elevation or closed canopy specialization indicates that non-native plants that occurr at the highest elevations are likely generalist species that depend on disturbance (primarily open over-story canopy) for spread into higher elevation sites until they are eventually filtered out by harsh environmental conditions coincident with the subalpine transition zone. Collectively these results suggest that interactions between introduction pathways that favor human assisted dispersal into the low-elevations where ruderal species are favored and environmental filters (elevation, canopy openness, and disturbance) are the dominant factors structuring non-native plant distributions in the Wallowa Mountains. Our results also indicate that long-term monitoring of vegetation change in the Wallowa Mountains will be improved through periodic sampling during each growing season. Sampling once during the spring or early summer and then again coincident with peak biomass should improve estimates of species distributions and diversity patterns by capturing both vernal and late season species. Early season sampling may be particularly important for monitoring non-native plants in the Wallowa Mountains as most non-natives were concentrated in low elevation semiarid bunchgrass communities where spring and early summer specialization is common. Title: Non-native and native plant species distributions and variability along an elevation gradient in the Wallowa Mountains, Oregon Author: Averett, Joshua P. Invasion by non-native plants into natural areas is an important component of global change that threatens biodiversity and ecosystem structure and function. Mountains are currently among the least invaded ecosystems, however, these biodiversity hotspots are increasingly under threat of exotic plant invasion. Evaluation of plant species distribution patterns in mountain ecosystems can provide insight into dominant processes of plant invasion and inform management to reduce the spread of non-native plants in mountains. The objectives of this study were to: 1) evaluate the main drivers of plant invasions in the Wallowa Mountain Range of northeastern Oregon, and the extent patterns of native species distributions and their causes differed from non-native species along an elevation gradient; and 2) investigate inter- and intra-annual understory vascular plant species variability along an elevation gradient to inform long-term monitoring of plant invasion dynamics in the Wallowa Mountains. We sampled understory vascular plant communities in summer 2012 along three forest roads in the Wallowa Mountains. Transects (n=20) were evenly stratified by elevation (60 meters) along each road. Indicator species analysis (ISA) was used to identify habitat tendencies for non-native species. Non-metric multidimensional scaling (NMS) related community composition to environmental and species trait factors. Predictors of non-native and native species abundance and richness were evaluated using Non-parametric multiplicative regression (NPMR). Canopy openness and elevation niche widths were modeled for all common species and evaluated for evidence of high elevation or closed canopy specialization. Non-native species richness decreased continuously with increasing elevation. In contrast, native species richness displayed a unimodal distribution with maximum richness at the mid-elevations. According to NMS and NPMR, elevation, canopy openness, and disturbance were the strongest correlates of non-native species abundance. Non-native species were concentrated in low elevation bunchgrass, roadside, and open forest habitats with high canopy openness, and moderate to high disturbance intensity. Overlays of species trait factors onto ordinations revealed that the transition into the subalpine community and over-story canopy closure exceeding approximately 60 percent were potential barriers to non-native species establishment. Vegetation sampling was repeated three times (June, July, and August 2013) during the growing season in summer 2013 for a subset (n=10) of our transects. Blocked Multi Response Permutation Procedure (MRBP) was used to test the hypothesis of no change in species composition between years (summer 2012 and summer 2013) and between each sampling period (June, July, and August) within one growing season. NMS related community composition at different times to environmental and trait category factors. Blocked Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify species with tendencies towards specific sampling periods. Important predictors of vegetation change were identified and indicator species distributions were related to NMS axes using NPMR. Vegetation composition changed both between years and between each sampling period within one growing season. Species richness increased with sampling effort, dominant species were consistently found throughout all sampling periods and rare species showed the highest rate of turnover between sampling periods. The highest species richness and greatest number of indicator species were associated with the early summer (June) sampling period. Approximately 25% of all non-native species showed tendencies towards a specific sampling period where greater than half favored the June sampling period within lowland bunchgrass communities. Annual species including the most dominant non-native species within the lowland and montane zones showed the highest inter- and intra-annual variability compared to other trait categories. Total species richness was positively related to turnover and was the most important predictor of relative abundance change between all sampling periods. Species turnover was highest in species rich montane plots; however, trait abundance and richness did not statistically differ in montane plots. These data suggest that elevation, canopy, openness, and disturbance are important factors structuring non-native plant distributions in the Wallowa Mountains. Our findings that non-native species tended to be concentrated in low elevation, early successional habitats coupled with a lack of high elevation or closed canopy specialization indicates that non-native plants that occurr at the highest elevations are likely generalist species that depend on disturbance (primarily open over-story canopy) for spread into higher elevation sites until they are eventually filtered out by harsh environmental conditions coincident with the subalpine transition zone. Collectively these results suggest that interactions between introduction pathways that favor human assisted dispersal into the low-elevations where ruderal species are favored and environmental filters (elevation, canopy openness, and disturbance) are the dominant factors structuring non-native plant distributions in the Wallowa Mountains. Our results also indicate that long-term monitoring of vegetation change in the Wallowa Mountains will be improved through periodic sampling during each growing season. Sampling once during the spring or early summer and then again coincident with peak biomass should improve estimates of species distributions and diversity patterns by capturing both vernal and late season species. Early season sampling may be particularly important for monitoring non-native plants in the Wallowa Mountains as most non-natives were concentrated in low elevation semiarid bunchgrass communities where spring and early summer specialization is common. Close

• 7. [Article] Using Landsat TM Imagery to Monitor Vegetation Change Following Flow Restoration to the Lower Owens River, California

  Rehabilitating river corridors to restore valuable riparian habitat consumes significant resources from both governments and private companies. Given these considerable expenditures, it is important to ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Using Landsat TM Imagery to Monitor Vegetation Change Following Flow Restoration to the Lower Owens River, California Author: Bross, Lesley Crandell Year: 2015 Rehabilitating river corridors to restore valuable riparian habitat consumes significant resources from both governments and private companies. Given these considerable expenditures, it is important to monitor the progress of such projects. This study evaluated the utility of using Landsat Thematic Mapper remotely-sensed data from 2002 and 2009 to monitor vegetation change induced by instream flow restoration to the Lower Owens River in central California. This study compared the results of an unsupervised classification with an NDVI threshold classification to appraise the resources required and effectiveness of each analysis method. The results were inspected by creating standard remote sensing accuracy error matrices and by correlating landscape pattern metrics with bird indicator species. Both sets of classified maps show a noticeable increase in riparian vegetation in the study area following flow restoration in 2006, indicating an improvement of the quality of bird habitat. The study concluded that analyzing vegetation change using the unsupervised classification technique required more effort, expert knowledge, and supplementary data than using the NDVI threshold method. If these prerequisites are met, the output from the unsupervised classification process produces a more precise map of land cover change than the NDVI threshold method. However, if an analyst is lacking either resources or ground verification data, the NDVI threshold technique is capable of providing a generalized, but still valid evaluation of vegetation change. This conclusion is supported by higher correlations between indicator bird species under the unsupervised classification method than were found with the NDVI threshold method. Title: Using Landsat TM Imagery to Monitor Vegetation Change Following Flow Restoration to the Lower Owens River, California Author: Bross, Lesley Crandell Year: 2015 Rehabilitating river corridors to restore valuable riparian habitat consumes significant resources from both governments and private companies. Given these considerable expenditures, it is important to monitor the progress of such projects. This study evaluated the utility of using Landsat Thematic Mapper remotely-sensed data from 2002 and 2009 to monitor vegetation change induced by instream flow restoration to the Lower Owens River in central California. This study compared the results of an unsupervised classification with an NDVI threshold classification to appraise the resources required and effectiveness of each analysis method. The results were inspected by creating standard remote sensing accuracy error matrices and by correlating landscape pattern metrics with bird indicator species. Both sets of classified maps show a noticeable increase in riparian vegetation in the study area following flow restoration in 2006, indicating an improvement of the quality of bird habitat. The study concluded that analyzing vegetation change using the unsupervised classification technique required more effort, expert knowledge, and supplementary data than using the NDVI threshold method. If these prerequisites are met, the output from the unsupervised classification process produces a more precise map of land cover change than the NDVI threshold method. However, if an analyst is lacking either resources or ground verification data, the NDVI threshold technique is capable of providing a generalized, but still valid evaluation of vegetation change. This conclusion is supported by higher correlations between indicator bird species under the unsupervised classification method than were found with the NDVI threshold method. Close

• 8. [Article] Non-forest Plant Communities of the Northern Oregon Coast Range and Vicinity Draft Report

  DRAFT REPORT. In 2013 – 2015, reconnaissance observations were made across non-forest habitats on FS and BLM land in the Coast Range and Cascade foothills within the Salem and Eugene BLM district areas ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Non-forest Plant Communities of the Northern Oregon Coast Range and Vicinity Draft Report Author: Glavich, Doug DRAFT REPORT. In 2013 – 2015, reconnaissance observations were made across non-forest habitats on FS and BLM land in the Coast Range and Cascade foothills within the Salem and Eugene BLM district areas for plant communities that did not fit the USFS Northwest Oregon Non-forest Plant Community guide. Surveys were limited to prioritized selected USGS quad maps and some additional known special habitat areas. The objective was to sample a minimum of 5 plots per suspected new plant community across all topographic positions observed. Plots were placed to best represent the plant community. Environmental data and percent cover were recorded. Data from similar plant communities in the Non-forest Plant Communities of the northern Oregon Cascades (McCain et al. 2014) were combined with the new data and analyzed with One-Way Cluster Analysis using PC-ORD software (McCune & Mefford 2002) to determine group membership of the plots. Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify plant species indicators for each of the communities, and these were further tested in Multiple Response Permutation Procedures analysis in PC-ORD software, which tests membership among groups (McCune & Mefford 2002). Plant community groups were named based on most significant indicator species or highest constancy in the group. The plant community data set and a secondary matrix of field collected and calculated environmental data were run through Non-metrical Multidimensional Scaling Ordination (NMS) in PC-ORD software to examine community and environmental relationships. Cascade plant community plots reasonably separated from new plant community plots in cluster analysis. 12 plant communities that appear different than those found in the Cascades: Roemer’s fescue – coastal, Roemer’s fescue—high bald, blue wild rye, star-flowered lily-of-the-valley—California sedge, golden slenderbanner, California fescue, Virginia strawberry—California oatgrass, Oregon Sunshine –Coast Range, spreading phlox –Coast Range, Wallace’s spikemoss—Cascade desert parsley, rusty saxifrage—short camas, crevice alumroot—wood saxifrage. These plant communities are draft types and review is needed to determine final defined plant communities. Title: Non-forest Plant Communities of the Northern Oregon Coast Range and Vicinity Draft Report Author: Glavich, Doug DRAFT REPORT. In 2013 – 2015, reconnaissance observations were made across non-forest habitats on FS and BLM land in the Coast Range and Cascade foothills within the Salem and Eugene BLM district areas for plant communities that did not fit the USFS Northwest Oregon Non-forest Plant Community guide. Surveys were limited to prioritized selected USGS quad maps and some additional known special habitat areas. The objective was to sample a minimum of 5 plots per suspected new plant community across all topographic positions observed. Plots were placed to best represent the plant community. Environmental data and percent cover were recorded. Data from similar plant communities in the Non-forest Plant Communities of the northern Oregon Cascades (McCain et al. 2014) were combined with the new data and analyzed with One-Way Cluster Analysis using PC-ORD software (McCune & Mefford 2002) to determine group membership of the plots. Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify plant species indicators for each of the communities, and these were further tested in Multiple Response Permutation Procedures analysis in PC-ORD software, which tests membership among groups (McCune & Mefford 2002). Plant community groups were named based on most significant indicator species or highest constancy in the group. The plant community data set and a secondary matrix of field collected and calculated environmental data were run through Non-metrical Multidimensional Scaling Ordination (NMS) in PC-ORD software to examine community and environmental relationships. Cascade plant community plots reasonably separated from new plant community plots in cluster analysis. 12 plant communities that appear different than those found in the Cascades: Roemer’s fescue – coastal, Roemer’s fescue—high bald, blue wild rye, star-flowered lily-of-the-valley—California sedge, golden slenderbanner, California fescue, Virginia strawberry—California oatgrass, Oregon Sunshine –Coast Range, spreading phlox –Coast Range, Wallace’s spikemoss—Cascade desert parsley, rusty saxifrage—short camas, crevice alumroot—wood saxifrage. These plant communities are draft types and review is needed to determine final defined plant communities. Close

• 9. [Article] 60 years of avian community change in the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  Birds perform valuable ecological functions and are useful environmental indicators. Avian distributions and diversity are predicted to change over the next 50 years. Little information exists on the role ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: 60 years of avian community change in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Curtis, Jenna Birds perform valuable ecological functions and are useful environmental indicators. Avian distributions and diversity are predicted to change over the next 50 years. Little information exists on the role of local and regional conditions in fluctuations of avian communities over time. Historic datasets present a legacy of information that helps to understand changes in avian community composition. This study utilizes a rare, highly detailed avian survey of sites in the Willamette Valley, Oregon from 1952 (Eddy 1953). Because they include counts for all species detected on each survey, these data are uniquely valuable to understanding how avian species assemblages in the Willamette Valley changed. I resurveyed sites in 2013 to quantify the nature and extent of avian community compositional change. I used aerial photographs and satellite imagery to quantify changes in land use and habitat cover between periods. I compared metrics of avian alpha, beta, and gamma diversity between survey periods on multiple spatial extents. I also tested for shifts in categorical species abundances. Data was ordinated along environmental gradients to determine important axes of change between historic and modern species assemblages. Nonparametric procedures identified indicator species for each survey era. Observed differences between historic and modern communities suggested substantial turnover; nearly 50% of species were replaced over 60 years. Species richness increased on both local and regional spatial extents. Modern avian communities tended towards bimodal, less even distributions of abundances. Ordination of survey sites in species space confirmed modern avian communities were different from their historic counterparts. However, sites underwent relatively little change in vegetation and land use cover between survey eras. Indicator species characterized changes in regional abundances as well as differences in survey methodologies between eras. I took additional steps to confirm discrepancies in site location, survey effort, and detection probabilities did not influence analyses. These results suggest avian species assemblages are naturally dynamic. Complex processes outside of local habitat characteristics may influence community composition. Additional factors, such as vegetation structure and composition should be considered when modeling future shifts in species assemblage. Despite uncertainties in methodology, the historic data in this research provided unique, valuable insight into long-term changes in avian communities. Title: 60 years of avian community change in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Curtis, Jenna Birds perform valuable ecological functions and are useful environmental indicators. Avian distributions and diversity are predicted to change over the next 50 years. Little information exists on the role of local and regional conditions in fluctuations of avian communities over time. Historic datasets present a legacy of information that helps to understand changes in avian community composition. This study utilizes a rare, highly detailed avian survey of sites in the Willamette Valley, Oregon from 1952 (Eddy 1953). Because they include counts for all species detected on each survey, these data are uniquely valuable to understanding how avian species assemblages in the Willamette Valley changed. I resurveyed sites in 2013 to quantify the nature and extent of avian community compositional change. I used aerial photographs and satellite imagery to quantify changes in land use and habitat cover between periods. I compared metrics of avian alpha, beta, and gamma diversity between survey periods on multiple spatial extents. I also tested for shifts in categorical species abundances. Data was ordinated along environmental gradients to determine important axes of change between historic and modern species assemblages. Nonparametric procedures identified indicator species for each survey era. Observed differences between historic and modern communities suggested substantial turnover; nearly 50% of species were replaced over 60 years. Species richness increased on both local and regional spatial extents. Modern avian communities tended towards bimodal, less even distributions of abundances. Ordination of survey sites in species space confirmed modern avian communities were different from their historic counterparts. However, sites underwent relatively little change in vegetation and land use cover between survey eras. Indicator species characterized changes in regional abundances as well as differences in survey methodologies between eras. I took additional steps to confirm discrepancies in site location, survey effort, and detection probabilities did not influence analyses. These results suggest avian species assemblages are naturally dynamic. Complex processes outside of local habitat characteristics may influence community composition. Additional factors, such as vegetation structure and composition should be considered when modeling future shifts in species assemblage. Despite uncertainties in methodology, the historic data in this research provided unique, valuable insight into long-term changes in avian communities. Close

• 10. [Article] General management principles and a checklist of strategies to guide forest biodiversity conservation

  Many indicators and criteria have been proposed to assess the sustainable management of forests but their scientific validity remains uncertain. Because the effects of forest disturbances (such as logging) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: General management principles and a checklist of strategies to guide forest biodiversity conservation Author: Fischer, J., Lindenmayer, D.B., Franklin, J.F. Many indicators and criteria have been proposed to assess the sustainable management of forests but their scientific validity remains uncertain. Because the effects of forest disturbances (such as logging) are often specific to particular species, sites, landscapes, regions and forest types, management ‘‘shortcuts’’ such as indicator species, focal species and threshold levels of vegetation cover may be of limited generic value. We propose an alternative approach based on a set of five guiding principles for biodiversity conservation that are broadly applicable to any forested area: (1) the maintenance of connectivity; (2) the maintenance of landscape heterogeneity; (3) the maintenance of stand structural complexity; and (4) the maintenance of aquatic ecosystem integrity; (5) the use of natural disturbance regimes to guide human disturbance regimes. We present a checklist of measures for forest biodiversity conservation that reflects the multi-scaled nature of conservation approaches on forested land. At the regional scale, management should ensure the establishment of large ecological reserves. At the landscape scale, off-reserve conservation measures should include: (1) protected areas within production forests; (2) buffers for aquatic ecosystems; (3) appropriately designed and located road networks; (4) the careful spatial and temporal arrangement of harvest units; and (5) appropriate fire management practices. At the stand level, off-reserve conservation measures should include: (1) the retention of key elements of stand structural complexity (e.g., large living and dead trees with hollows, understorey thickets, and large fallen logs); (2) long rotation times (coupled with structural retention at harvest); (3) silvicultural systems alternative to traditional high impact ones (e.g., clearcutting in some forest types); and (4) appropriate fire management practices and practices for the management of other kinds of disturbances. Although the general ecological principles and associated checklist are intuitive, data to evaluate the effectiveness of many specific on-the-ground management actions are limited. Considerable effort is needed to adopt adaptive management ‘‘natural experiments’’ and monitoring to: (1) better identify the impacts of logging operations and other kinds of management activities on biodiversity, and; (2) quantify the effectiveness of impact mitigation strategies; and (3) identify ways to improve management practices. Title: General management principles and a checklist of strategies to guide forest biodiversity conservation Author: Fischer, J., Lindenmayer, D.B., Franklin, J.F. Many indicators and criteria have been proposed to assess the sustainable management of forests but their scientific validity remains uncertain. Because the effects of forest disturbances (such as logging) are often specific to particular species, sites, landscapes, regions and forest types, management ‘‘shortcuts’’ such as indicator species, focal species and threshold levels of vegetation cover may be of limited generic value. We propose an alternative approach based on a set of five guiding principles for biodiversity conservation that are broadly applicable to any forested area: (1) the maintenance of connectivity; (2) the maintenance of landscape heterogeneity; (3) the maintenance of stand structural complexity; and (4) the maintenance of aquatic ecosystem integrity; (5) the use of natural disturbance regimes to guide human disturbance regimes. We present a checklist of measures for forest biodiversity conservation that reflects the multi-scaled nature of conservation approaches on forested land. At the regional scale, management should ensure the establishment of large ecological reserves. At the landscape scale, off-reserve conservation measures should include: (1) protected areas within production forests; (2) buffers for aquatic ecosystems; (3) appropriately designed and located road networks; (4) the careful spatial and temporal arrangement of harvest units; and (5) appropriate fire management practices. At the stand level, off-reserve conservation measures should include: (1) the retention of key elements of stand structural complexity (e.g., large living and dead trees with hollows, understorey thickets, and large fallen logs); (2) long rotation times (coupled with structural retention at harvest); (3) silvicultural systems alternative to traditional high impact ones (e.g., clearcutting in some forest types); and (4) appropriate fire management practices and practices for the management of other kinds of disturbances. Although the general ecological principles and associated checklist are intuitive, data to evaluate the effectiveness of many specific on-the-ground management actions are limited. Considerable effort is needed to adopt adaptive management ‘‘natural experiments’’ and monitoring to: (1) better identify the impacts of logging operations and other kinds of management activities on biodiversity, and; (2) quantify the effectiveness of impact mitigation strategies; and (3) identify ways to improve management practices. Close

• 11. [Article] Episodic dynamics of microbial communities associated with the birth and death of ectomycorrhizal mats in old-growth Douglas-fir stands

  Ectomycorrhizal (ECM) fungi of the genera Piloderma and Ramaria form dense hyphal mats in the organic and upper mineral soil layers, respectively, in coniferous forest floors of the Pacific Northwest. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Episodic dynamics of microbial communities associated with the birth and death of ectomycorrhizal mats in old-growth Douglas-fir stands Author: Blanchard, Joseph H. Ectomycorrhizal (ECM) fungi of the genera Piloderma and Ramaria form dense hyphal mats in the organic and upper mineral soil layers, respectively, in coniferous forest floors of the Pacific Northwest. Previous studies have determined that fungal mats change the chemical, physical, and biological properties of the soil within. Little information exists on the dynamics of development and decline of Piloderma and Ramaria mats, and the type of fungal and bacterial communities that are associated with the mats. To address these topics, a reciprocal soil core experiment was installed in Piloderma and Ramaria mats found in old-growth Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) stands in the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest located in the Oregon Cascade Mountains. Samples from each mat type were severed from the host tree and transplanted in closed PVC cores, preventing new root and mat growth, to adjacent non-mat soil. In contrast, non-mat soil cores were transplanted into mats in open mesh netting, allowing tree root and mat development to occur. Cores were sampled at 10, 16, and 24 months after establishment, and changes in mat development and fungal and bacterial communities were monitored by measuring the number of ECM colonized root tips, fungal mat DNA fragment indicator species, and fungal and bacterial community composition with Terminal Restriction Length Polymorphism (T-RFLP) and Length Heterogeneity PCR (LH-PCR) of ITS and 16S rDNA. DNA fragments representing mat-forming indicator species were detected in the development of Piloderma mats starting at 16 and continuing through 24 months post establishment. Both Piloderma and Ramaria mat fungal communities changed rapidly in cores that had been severed from the host but mat-associated fungal communities had not developed even two years post intimate contact by non-mat soil cores with mats. The richness of fungal and bacterial operational taxonomic units (OTU) in the Piloderma mats increased when they were severed from the host, but decreased when Ramaria fungal mats were severed from their host. Further study is required to determine the length of time required to develop mat-associated microbial communities from non-mat soil, as well as the identity and function of fungi and bacteria responsible for community changes. Title: Episodic dynamics of microbial communities associated with the birth and death of ectomycorrhizal mats in old-growth Douglas-fir stands Author: Blanchard, Joseph H. Ectomycorrhizal (ECM) fungi of the genera Piloderma and Ramaria form dense hyphal mats in the organic and upper mineral soil layers, respectively, in coniferous forest floors of the Pacific Northwest. Previous studies have determined that fungal mats change the chemical, physical, and biological properties of the soil within. Little information exists on the dynamics of development and decline of Piloderma and Ramaria mats, and the type of fungal and bacterial communities that are associated with the mats. To address these topics, a reciprocal soil core experiment was installed in Piloderma and Ramaria mats found in old-growth Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) stands in the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest located in the Oregon Cascade Mountains. Samples from each mat type were severed from the host tree and transplanted in closed PVC cores, preventing new root and mat growth, to adjacent non-mat soil. In contrast, non-mat soil cores were transplanted into mats in open mesh netting, allowing tree root and mat development to occur. Cores were sampled at 10, 16, and 24 months after establishment, and changes in mat development and fungal and bacterial communities were monitored by measuring the number of ECM colonized root tips, fungal mat DNA fragment indicator species, and fungal and bacterial community composition with Terminal Restriction Length Polymorphism (T-RFLP) and Length Heterogeneity PCR (LH-PCR) of ITS and 16S rDNA. DNA fragments representing mat-forming indicator species were detected in the development of Piloderma mats starting at 16 and continuing through 24 months post establishment. Both Piloderma and Ramaria mat fungal communities changed rapidly in cores that had been severed from the host but mat-associated fungal communities had not developed even two years post intimate contact by non-mat soil cores with mats. The richness of fungal and bacterial operational taxonomic units (OTU) in the Piloderma mats increased when they were severed from the host, but decreased when Ramaria fungal mats were severed from their host. Further study is required to determine the length of time required to develop mat-associated microbial communities from non-mat soil, as well as the identity and function of fungi and bacteria responsible for community changes. Close

• 12. [Article] Consumer's Knowledge and Preferences About Fish Farmed Species

  Based on the evoked set analysis, a group of factors driving knowledge and preferences about fish farmed species are investigated with three different samples. Samples were collected in Spain, into a nationwide study ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Consumer's Knowledge and Preferences About Fish Farmed Species Author: Llorente, Ignacio, Fernández-Polanco, José, Luna, Ladislao Based on the evoked set analysis, a group of factors driving knowledge and preferences about fish farmed species are investigated with three different samples. Samples were collected in Spain, into a nationwide study about knowledge and assessments about aquaculture, funded by the General Secretary of Marine Fisheries of the Spanish Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food. An average 2,500 different consumers were interviewed each year in the period from 2005 and 2007. Respondents had to answer to two open questions indicating fish species that are being cultured and which of them they do consume. The evoked set was formed with the most repeated species reported by consumers. The factors are classified into demographic and consumption habits. Their influence on the occurrences of cultured species into an evoked set is tested using binary logistic regression models. Four equations, corresponding to the main fish-farmed species in Spain, are fitted with every sample for both known and consumed species. Results indicate that the occurrence of one species into the evoked set is related with education level, place of consumption, perceptions and consumption of other farmed species. Title: Consumer's Knowledge and Preferences About Fish Farmed Species Author: Llorente, Ignacio, Fernández-Polanco, José, Luna, Ladislao Based on the evoked set analysis, a group of factors driving knowledge and preferences about fish farmed species are investigated with three different samples. Samples were collected in Spain, into a nationwide study about knowledge and assessments about aquaculture, funded by the General Secretary of Marine Fisheries of the Spanish Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food. An average 2,500 different consumers were interviewed each year in the period from 2005 and 2007. Respondents had to answer to two open questions indicating fish species that are being cultured and which of them they do consume. The evoked set was formed with the most repeated species reported by consumers. The factors are classified into demographic and consumption habits. Their influence on the occurrences of cultured species into an evoked set is tested using binary logistic regression models. Four equations, corresponding to the main fish-farmed species in Spain, are fitted with every sample for both known and consumed species. Results indicate that the occurrence of one species into the evoked set is related with education level, place of consumption, perceptions and consumption of other farmed species. Close

• 13. [Article] Biodiversity in managed forests of western Oregon : species assemblages in leave islands, thinned, and unthinned forests

  Both leave islands, or green tree retention clusters, and thinning prescriptions have been proposed as alternative silvicultural strategies designed to sustain the structural and biological diversity of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Biodiversity in managed forests of western Oregon : species assemblages in leave islands, thinned, and unthinned forests Author: Wessell, Stephanie J. Both leave islands, or green tree retention clusters, and thinning prescriptions have been proposed as alternative silvicultural strategies designed to sustain the structural and biological diversity of managed forests. However, the relationship of the physical structure of leave islands and thinned forests to their associated microclimates, flora, and fauna remain largely unknown. We evaluated habitat and biota after forest thinning from 600 to 200 trees per hectare with three sizes of leave islands. Specifically, we used analysis of variance, species occupancy pattern assessments, and community analysis methods to examine differences in habitat and vascular plant, arthropod, amphibian, and mollusk abundance and diversity with respect to thinning and leave island size in four western Oregon managed forest stands. We found multiple treatment effects of thinning and leave island size relative to microclimate and vascular plant diversity and ground cover. The microclimate and vascular plant species composition differed between thinned and unthinned forest while conditions within leave islands approximated conditions in unthinned forest. Proportions of exotic and early-successional species and species ground cover were higher in thinned forest than unthinned forest and higher in small leave islands than larger leave islands. Treatment effects on arthropod, amphibian, and mollusk density were mixed. Of 118 parameters analyzed, negative effects of thinning on faunal species were detected for five arthropod species, low-mobility arthropod captures, one salamander species, one salamander family (Plethodontidae), amphibian species richness, and one mollusk species. Of 83 parameters assessed, positive effects of leave island size were found for arthropod species richness, overall density, density within six functional group measures, and for six species groups. Treatment effects of leave island size were mixed for amphibians and mollusks with positive effects of leave island size for overall mollusk density, snail density, and density within three mollusk species groups. Indicator species analyses identified seven vascular plant and two arthropod species indicative of thinned forest, 0.2 ha and 0.4 ha leave islands. Assessments of species occupancy patterns revealed insights regarding the potential utility of managing the forest matrix for habitat heterogeneity. For example, 71(19%) taxa occurred only in leave islands and 139 (37%) taxa occurred only in leave islands and unthinned forest. These patterns may indicate occurrences of rare species and do not necessarily indicate associations with these unthinned forest types. Community analyses highlighted the importance of addressing multiple spatial scales in forest management prescriptions by identifying distinct biotic assemblages occurring at forest type, study site, and mountain range scales. Our results suggest that leave islands may provide refugia for some low-mobility, ecologically sensitive species in managed forests of the Pacific Northwest. Title: Biodiversity in managed forests of western Oregon : species assemblages in leave islands, thinned, and unthinned forests Author: Wessell, Stephanie J. Both leave islands, or green tree retention clusters, and thinning prescriptions have been proposed as alternative silvicultural strategies designed to sustain the structural and biological diversity of managed forests. However, the relationship of the physical structure of leave islands and thinned forests to their associated microclimates, flora, and fauna remain largely unknown. We evaluated habitat and biota after forest thinning from 600 to 200 trees per hectare with three sizes of leave islands. Specifically, we used analysis of variance, species occupancy pattern assessments, and community analysis methods to examine differences in habitat and vascular plant, arthropod, amphibian, and mollusk abundance and diversity with respect to thinning and leave island size in four western Oregon managed forest stands. We found multiple treatment effects of thinning and leave island size relative to microclimate and vascular plant diversity and ground cover. The microclimate and vascular plant species composition differed between thinned and unthinned forest while conditions within leave islands approximated conditions in unthinned forest. Proportions of exotic and early-successional species and species ground cover were higher in thinned forest than unthinned forest and higher in small leave islands than larger leave islands. Treatment effects on arthropod, amphibian, and mollusk density were mixed. Of 118 parameters analyzed, negative effects of thinning on faunal species were detected for five arthropod species, low-mobility arthropod captures, one salamander species, one salamander family (Plethodontidae), amphibian species richness, and one mollusk species. Of 83 parameters assessed, positive effects of leave island size were found for arthropod species richness, overall density, density within six functional group measures, and for six species groups. Treatment effects of leave island size were mixed for amphibians and mollusks with positive effects of leave island size for overall mollusk density, snail density, and density within three mollusk species groups. Indicator species analyses identified seven vascular plant and two arthropod species indicative of thinned forest, 0.2 ha and 0.4 ha leave islands. Assessments of species occupancy patterns revealed insights regarding the potential utility of managing the forest matrix for habitat heterogeneity. For example, 71(19%) taxa occurred only in leave islands and 139 (37%) taxa occurred only in leave islands and unthinned forest. These patterns may indicate occurrences of rare species and do not necessarily indicate associations with these unthinned forest types. Community analyses highlighted the importance of addressing multiple spatial scales in forest management prescriptions by identifying distinct biotic assemblages occurring at forest type, study site, and mountain range scales. Our results suggest that leave islands may provide refugia for some low-mobility, ecologically sensitive species in managed forests of the Pacific Northwest. Close

• 14. [Article] Forest associations and secondary plant succession in the southern Oregon coastal range

  Forest associations, secondary succession, and relationships of plant communities to Roosevelt elk were investigated. Stratification of vegetation into ecological units and an understanding of secondary succession ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Forest associations and secondary plant succession in the southern Oregon coastal range Author: Bailey, Arthur Wesley, 1938- Forest associations, secondary succession, and relationships of plant communities to Roosevelt elk were investigated. Stratification of vegetation into ecological units and an understanding of secondary succession by habitat-type were a necessary first step in investigations into browsing of conifers by elk. The study was jointly conducted by the Oregon State Game Commission and the Weyerhaeuser Company. Vegetation, soils, and physiography were studied together. Vegetation cover data, recorded in thirty-two, 275 to 500-year-old forest stands, formed the basis of a synecological classification. Lightspots are a natural component of these forests. The dense forest and a lightspot were separately sampled in each stand. Light-spot cover data were analyzed separately in an association table. Lightspot data were compared with dense forest data to check validity of the phytosociological classification. This approach increased phytosociological understanding of these forests. The climax dominant tree and shrub and herb layer species with highest cover are used in naming the following associations (in order of increasing xerism): Thuja/Adiantum-Athyrium Tsuga/Polystichum/Oxalis Tsuga/Acer/Berberis Tsuga-Pseudotsuga/Rhododendron/Berberis Pseudotsuga/Holodiscus/Gaultheria. The exceptions are Adiantum pedatum and Athyrium filix-femina, high constancy, low cover, indicator species, used in naming the Thuja/Adiantum-Athyrium association. Polystichum munitum and Oxalis oregana dominate the herb layer of this association. Associations will be referred to in the abstract by a two-part name. The Adiantum-Athyrium association has the following additional indicator species: Blechnum spicant and Marah oreganus. Stands usually occur near the bottoms of lower elevation canyons. The moist, stony, Slickrock soil series underlies most stands. The Polystichum/Oxalis association is the most widespread and variable community studied. Tiarella trifoliata has high indicator value for this association. The presence of any one of Stellaria crispa, Montia sibirica, Dicentra formosa or Athyrium filix-femina in lightspots effectively differentiates stands of this association from related ones of the Acer/Berberis association. Stands frequently occur on lower and middle slopes and are usually underlain by the Matson or Apt soil series. In the Acer/Berberis association, Acer circinatum has high cover only in lightspots. Most stands are found on the Millicoma or Matson soil series. Stands occur on lower and middle slopes. Stands of the Rhododendron/Berberis association usually occur on south-facing, upper slopes and ridgetops where high winds frequently cause blowdown. The resultant large openings allow regeneration of Pseudotsuga menziesii. Rhododendron macrophyllum has low cover in the dense forest but high cover in lightspots. Allotropa virgata, a low constancy (saprophyte), has high fidelity to the association. The Millicoma, Matson or Ivers soil series underlie most stands. The Holodiscus/Gaultheria association has the following high fidelity species: Philadelphus lewisii, Symphoricarpos mollis, Madia gracilis, Hierochloe occidentalis, Ligusticum apiifolium, and Lonicera hispidula. This is the only association studied in which the lightspot phenomenon was not important. With the exception of Pseudotsuga menziesii regeneration, understory vegetation did not increase in cover when the tree canopy was removed. Stands usually occur on south-facing, upper slopes and ridgetops. The Digger or Agony soil series are associated with most stands. The successional influence of soil-surface disturbance caused by logging was studied in 1 to 15-year-old stands of the Polystichum/Oxalis and Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-types. In the Polystichum/Oxalis habitat-type, the vegetative dominants by years since logging are: Senecio sylvaticus--first year; Deschampsia elongata--years 2 to 4; Aira caryophyllea, Rubus ursinus, Hypochaeris radicata and Crepis capillaris share dominance--years 5 to 9; Hypochaeris radicata and Pteridium aquilinum share dominance--years 10 to 15. Pseudotsuga menziesii increased to 16 percent cover in the 10 to 15-year period. Disturbed areas of the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type have more than 65 percent bare ground for two years after logging. The vegetation dominants by years are: Deschampsia elongata--years 3 to 4; Hypochaeris radicata and Rubus ursinus--years 5 to 7; and Pseudotsuga menziesii--years 8 to 15. Other high cover species in the 8 to 15-year period are Thermopsis montana, Rubus ursinus, and Pteridium aquilinum. Selected stages in secondary succession were studied from one year after logging to climax in the two most important habitat-types. In the Polystichum/Oxalis habitat-type, Pseudotsuga menziesii is the seral tree dominant but is replaced by Tsuga heterophylla in climax. The tall shrub Acer circinatum has high cover in those serai stages with a comparatively open tree canopy. The herb layer is dominated throughout secondary succession by Polystichum munitum and Oxalis oregana. The tree layer of serai stands of the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type is dominated by Pseudotsuga menziesii. Either Tsuga heterophylla or Pseudotsuga menziesii dominate near-climax stands. The shrub layer dominant is Rhododendron macrophyllum throughout secondary succession. It has low cover in the dense forest but high cover in lightspots of near-climax stands. Berberis nervosa has nearly constant coverage throughout secondary succession in the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type and is the herb layer dominant in near-climax stands. Herb layer dominants in early serai stages are: Senecio sylvaticus--year 1; Erechtites prenanthoides--year 2; Rubus ursinus and Gaultheria shallon--years 4-15. Classification and recognition of habitat-types are possible throughout secondary succession from logging to climax on the basis of the same indicator species. The dominance level of some species changes with seral stage, but the change is predictable. Preferred elk food is about twice as abundant in the Polystichum/Oxalis as the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type. Nutritious, preferred elk food is most available in the 4 to 9-year period of secondary succession. Present logging methods which leave a mosaic of intermingled disturbed and undisturbed areas create a habitat beneficial to elk. The animals forage on disturbed areas for preferred invader species and on adjacent undisturbed areas for forest remnant species. Title: Forest associations and secondary plant succession in the southern Oregon coastal range Author: Bailey, Arthur Wesley, 1938- Forest associations, secondary succession, and relationships of plant communities to Roosevelt elk were investigated. Stratification of vegetation into ecological units and an understanding of secondary succession by habitat-type were a necessary first step in investigations into browsing of conifers by elk. The study was jointly conducted by the Oregon State Game Commission and the Weyerhaeuser Company. Vegetation, soils, and physiography were studied together. Vegetation cover data, recorded in thirty-two, 275 to 500-year-old forest stands, formed the basis of a synecological classification. Lightspots are a natural component of these forests. The dense forest and a lightspot were separately sampled in each stand. Light-spot cover data were analyzed separately in an association table. Lightspot data were compared with dense forest data to check validity of the phytosociological classification. This approach increased phytosociological understanding of these forests. The climax dominant tree and shrub and herb layer species with highest cover are used in naming the following associations (in order of increasing xerism): Thuja/Adiantum-Athyrium Tsuga/Polystichum/Oxalis Tsuga/Acer/Berberis Tsuga-Pseudotsuga/Rhododendron/Berberis Pseudotsuga/Holodiscus/Gaultheria. The exceptions are Adiantum pedatum and Athyrium filix-femina, high constancy, low cover, indicator species, used in naming the Thuja/Adiantum-Athyrium association. Polystichum munitum and Oxalis oregana dominate the herb layer of this association. Associations will be referred to in the abstract by a two-part name. The Adiantum-Athyrium association has the following additional indicator species: Blechnum spicant and Marah oreganus. Stands usually occur near the bottoms of lower elevation canyons. The moist, stony, Slickrock soil series underlies most stands. The Polystichum/Oxalis association is the most widespread and variable community studied. Tiarella trifoliata has high indicator value for this association. The presence of any one of Stellaria crispa, Montia sibirica, Dicentra formosa or Athyrium filix-femina in lightspots effectively differentiates stands of this association from related ones of the Acer/Berberis association. Stands frequently occur on lower and middle slopes and are usually underlain by the Matson or Apt soil series. In the Acer/Berberis association, Acer circinatum has high cover only in lightspots. Most stands are found on the Millicoma or Matson soil series. Stands occur on lower and middle slopes. Stands of the Rhododendron/Berberis association usually occur on south-facing, upper slopes and ridgetops where high winds frequently cause blowdown. The resultant large openings allow regeneration of Pseudotsuga menziesii. Rhododendron macrophyllum has low cover in the dense forest but high cover in lightspots. Allotropa virgata, a low constancy (saprophyte), has high fidelity to the association. The Millicoma, Matson or Ivers soil series underlie most stands. The Holodiscus/Gaultheria association has the following high fidelity species: Philadelphus lewisii, Symphoricarpos mollis, Madia gracilis, Hierochloe occidentalis, Ligusticum apiifolium, and Lonicera hispidula. This is the only association studied in which the lightspot phenomenon was not important. With the exception of Pseudotsuga menziesii regeneration, understory vegetation did not increase in cover when the tree canopy was removed. Stands usually occur on south-facing, upper slopes and ridgetops. The Digger or Agony soil series are associated with most stands. The successional influence of soil-surface disturbance caused by logging was studied in 1 to 15-year-old stands of the Polystichum/Oxalis and Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-types. In the Polystichum/Oxalis habitat-type, the vegetative dominants by years since logging are: Senecio sylvaticus--first year; Deschampsia elongata--years 2 to 4; Aira caryophyllea, Rubus ursinus, Hypochaeris radicata and Crepis capillaris share dominance--years 5 to 9; Hypochaeris radicata and Pteridium aquilinum share dominance--years 10 to 15. Pseudotsuga menziesii increased to 16 percent cover in the 10 to 15-year period. Disturbed areas of the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type have more than 65 percent bare ground for two years after logging. The vegetation dominants by years are: Deschampsia elongata--years 3 to 4; Hypochaeris radicata and Rubus ursinus--years 5 to 7; and Pseudotsuga menziesii--years 8 to 15. Other high cover species in the 8 to 15-year period are Thermopsis montana, Rubus ursinus, and Pteridium aquilinum. Selected stages in secondary succession were studied from one year after logging to climax in the two most important habitat-types. In the Polystichum/Oxalis habitat-type, Pseudotsuga menziesii is the seral tree dominant but is replaced by Tsuga heterophylla in climax. The tall shrub Acer circinatum has high cover in those serai stages with a comparatively open tree canopy. The herb layer is dominated throughout secondary succession by Polystichum munitum and Oxalis oregana. The tree layer of serai stands of the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type is dominated by Pseudotsuga menziesii. Either Tsuga heterophylla or Pseudotsuga menziesii dominate near-climax stands. The shrub layer dominant is Rhododendron macrophyllum throughout secondary succession. It has low cover in the dense forest but high cover in lightspots of near-climax stands. Berberis nervosa has nearly constant coverage throughout secondary succession in the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type and is the herb layer dominant in near-climax stands. Herb layer dominants in early serai stages are: Senecio sylvaticus--year 1; Erechtites prenanthoides--year 2; Rubus ursinus and Gaultheria shallon--years 4-15. Classification and recognition of habitat-types are possible throughout secondary succession from logging to climax on the basis of the same indicator species. The dominance level of some species changes with seral stage, but the change is predictable. Preferred elk food is about twice as abundant in the Polystichum/Oxalis as the Rhododendron/Berberis habitat-type. Nutritious, preferred elk food is most available in the 4 to 9-year period of secondary succession. Present logging methods which leave a mosaic of intermingled disturbed and undisturbed areas create a habitat beneficial to elk. The animals forage on disturbed areas for preferred invader species and on adjacent undisturbed areas for forest remnant species. Close

• 15. [Article] Onshore-offshore variations in copepod community structure off the Oregon coast during the summer upwelling season

  The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Onshore-offshore variations in copepod community structure off the Oregon coast during the summer upwelling season Author: Emmett, Robert L., Morgan, Cheryl A., Peterson, William T. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Title: Onshore-offshore variations in copepod community structure off the Oregon coast during the summer upwelling season Author: Emmett, Robert L., Morgan, Cheryl A., Peterson, William T. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Close

• 16. [Article] Does Temperature-Mediated Reproductive Success Drive the Direction of Species Displacement in Two Invasive Species of Leafminer Fly?

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Does Temperature-Mediated Reproductive Success Drive the Direction of Species Displacement in Two Invasive Species of Leafminer Fly? Author: Wang, Haihong, Xiang, Juncheng, Reitz, Stuart R., Smagghe, Guy, Lei, Zhongren This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/. Title: Does Temperature-Mediated Reproductive Success Drive the Direction of Species Displacement in Two Invasive Species of Leafminer Fly? Author: Wang, Haihong, Xiang, Juncheng, Reitz, Stuart R., Smagghe, Guy, Lei, Zhongren This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by the Public Library of Science. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/. Close

• 17. [Article] Bird-vegetation associations in thinned and unthinned young Douglas-fir forests 10 years after thinning

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Bird-vegetation associations in thinned and unthinned young Douglas-fir forests 10 years after thinning Author: Yegorova, Svetlana, Hagar, Joan, Puettmann, Klaus J., Betts, Matthew G. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/forest-ecology-and-management/. Title: Bird-vegetation associations in thinned and unthinned young Douglas-fir forests 10 years after thinning Author: Yegorova, Svetlana, Hagar, Joan, Puettmann, Klaus J., Betts, Matthew G. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/forest-ecology-and-management/. Close

• 18. [Article] The Effects of Disturbance History on Ground-Layer Plant Community Composition in British Columbia

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by MDPI. The published article can be found at: http://www.mdpi.com/journal/forests

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Effects of Disturbance History on Ground-Layer Plant Community Composition in British Columbia Author: Krawchuk, Meg A., Ton, Michael This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by MDPI. The published article can be found at: http://www.mdpi.com/journal/forests Title: The Effects of Disturbance History on Ground-Layer Plant Community Composition in British Columbia Author: Krawchuk, Meg A., Ton, Michael This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by the author(s) and published by MDPI. The published article can be found at: http://www.mdpi.com/journal/forests Close

• 19. [Article] Oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago and their influence on cetacean community structure

  The objectives of this dissertation were to describe the complex oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago (eastern equatorial Pacific), their seasonal variability, and their effects on ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago and their influence on cetacean community structure Author: Palacios, Daniel Mauricio The objectives of this dissertation were to describe the complex oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago (eastern equatorial Pacific), their seasonal variability, and their effects on patterns of cetacean occurrence. The physical and ecological factors leading to a plume of high phytoplankton biomass in the wake of the Galápagos were investigated with principal component and regression analyses of water-column climatologies and satellite-derived ocean color. The results supported the notion that this "island-mass effect" is fueled by upwelling of the Equatorial Undercurrent (EUC) combined with natural iron enrichment from the island platform. Seasonal variability in long-term monthly fields of satellite-derived sea-surface temperature and ocean color was studied through harmonic analysis and empirical orthogonal function decomposition. Two annual cycles were identified in both variables. The intensification of the Equatorial Front and the South Equatorial Current in the second part of the year was the dominant signal in the data. A secondary cycle reaching its peak in the first part of the year was associated with the topographically induced upwelling of the EUC on the western side of the archipelago, and with advection of upwelled Panama Bight water on the eastern side. The occurrence of nine cetacean Species (including seven small and medium-sized delphinids, the sperm whale, and the Bryde's whale) in relation to environmental variability around the archipelago was described. Seasonally persistent sectors of the archipelago characterized by the presence of distinct species assemblages of stratified, upwelling, and nearshore environments were identified through cluster and indicator species analysis. The dominant pattern in species distribution, as extracted by a nonmetric multidimensional scaling procedure, was well correlated with the main environmental gradient (described by the degree of water-column stratification, chlorophyll-a concentration, and distance from the islands). The collective results of this study indicate that the ocean environment surrounding the Galápagos Archipelago is strongly influenced by equatorial flows. However, the archipelago also introduces a disturbance to these flows, creating localized and persistent conditions that favor the establishment of distinct biological communities around the islands. Title: Oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago and their influence on cetacean community structure Author: Palacios, Daniel Mauricio The objectives of this dissertation were to describe the complex oceanographic conditions around the Galápagos Archipelago (eastern equatorial Pacific), their seasonal variability, and their effects on patterns of cetacean occurrence. The physical and ecological factors leading to a plume of high phytoplankton biomass in the wake of the Galápagos were investigated with principal component and regression analyses of water-column climatologies and satellite-derived ocean color. The results supported the notion that this "island-mass effect" is fueled by upwelling of the Equatorial Undercurrent (EUC) combined with natural iron enrichment from the island platform. Seasonal variability in long-term monthly fields of satellite-derived sea-surface temperature and ocean color was studied through harmonic analysis and empirical orthogonal function decomposition. Two annual cycles were identified in both variables. The intensification of the Equatorial Front and the South Equatorial Current in the second part of the year was the dominant signal in the data. A secondary cycle reaching its peak in the first part of the year was associated with the topographically induced upwelling of the EUC on the western side of the archipelago, and with advection of upwelled Panama Bight water on the eastern side. The occurrence of nine cetacean Species (including seven small and medium-sized delphinids, the sperm whale, and the Bryde's whale) in relation to environmental variability around the archipelago was described. Seasonally persistent sectors of the archipelago characterized by the presence of distinct species assemblages of stratified, upwelling, and nearshore environments were identified through cluster and indicator species analysis. The dominant pattern in species distribution, as extracted by a nonmetric multidimensional scaling procedure, was well correlated with the main environmental gradient (described by the degree of water-column stratification, chlorophyll-a concentration, and distance from the islands). The collective results of this study indicate that the ocean environment surrounding the Galápagos Archipelago is strongly influenced by equatorial flows. However, the archipelago also introduces a disturbance to these flows, creating localized and persistent conditions that favor the establishment of distinct biological communities around the islands. Close

• 20. [Article] Distribution and assemblages of demersal fish in Oman

  The Sultanate of Oman has 1700 km of coastline extending from the Arabian Gulf south to the Arabian Sea. The demersal fish distributions and assemblages have not previously been well defined. In winter, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution and assemblages of demersal fish in Oman Author: Ambusaidi, Hilal Saud The Sultanate of Oman has 1700 km of coastline extending from the Arabian Gulf south to the Arabian Sea. The demersal fish distributions and assemblages have not previously been well defined. In winter, variations in the oceanography of the area are minimal. In summer, however, the Arabian Sea is strongly influenced by the southwest monsoon. For this study the continental shelf off Oman was divided into eight regional areas and research trawl data on the distribution of demersal fish assemblages was studied using two forms of multivariate statistical analysis: two-way indicator species analysis and detrended correspondence analysis. The study was carried out to examine the influence on the species assemblages of geographical zonation, seasonal variation, and factors such as depth, time of day, and distance from untrawlable ground. There was seasonal variation in the fish assemblages and this variation was greatly influenced by the summer monsoon. Within each regional area depth appeared to be the major factor determining species distribution. In addition to the multivariate analyses, univariate techniques were applied to the catch rate data for forty commercial species to study in detail the influence of time of day and distance from untrawlable ground, factors which could potentially influence stock assessment estimates of fish biomass. Because the data were highly unbalanced, they were analyzed using General Linear Model with five factors, two continuous variables, and ten interaction terms to examine variation in the log-transformed catch rates. The factors time of day and distance from untrawlable ground, in combination with other factors, had significant effects on the catch rates for half of the species. Title: Distribution and assemblages of demersal fish in Oman Author: Ambusaidi, Hilal Saud The Sultanate of Oman has 1700 km of coastline extending from the Arabian Gulf south to the Arabian Sea. The demersal fish distributions and assemblages have not previously been well defined. In winter, variations in the oceanography of the area are minimal. In summer, however, the Arabian Sea is strongly influenced by the southwest monsoon. For this study the continental shelf off Oman was divided into eight regional areas and research trawl data on the distribution of demersal fish assemblages was studied using two forms of multivariate statistical analysis: two-way indicator species analysis and detrended correspondence analysis. The study was carried out to examine the influence on the species assemblages of geographical zonation, seasonal variation, and factors such as depth, time of day, and distance from untrawlable ground. There was seasonal variation in the fish assemblages and this variation was greatly influenced by the summer monsoon. Within each regional area depth appeared to be the major factor determining species distribution. In addition to the multivariate analyses, univariate techniques were applied to the catch rate data for forty commercial species to study in detail the influence of time of day and distance from untrawlable ground, factors which could potentially influence stock assessment estimates of fish biomass. Because the data were highly unbalanced, they were analyzed using General Linear Model with five factors, two continuous variables, and ten interaction terms to examine variation in the log-transformed catch rates. The factors time of day and distance from untrawlable ground, in combination with other factors, had significant effects on the catch rates for half of the species. Close

• 21. [Article] The LizLand model : geomorphic landform and surface composition analysis of lizard habitat in the California Mojave Desert

  This dissertation had three main objectives: 1) investigate the role of macro and micro geomorphology in determining lizard distributions in the Southern California Mojave Desert; 2) develop a spatially ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The LizLand model : geomorphic landform and surface composition analysis of lizard habitat in the California Mojave Desert Author: Heaton, Jill S. This dissertation had three main objectives: 1) investigate the role of macro and micro geomorphology in determining lizard distributions in the Southern California Mojave Desert; 2) develop a spatially explicit lizard habitat model based upon geomorphology; and, 3) determine the interactive effects of geomorphology, roads, and land use in defining lizard habitat. To achieve these objectives a new concept of reptile habitat was developed. Primary field data on presence/absence of lizards in relation to macro and micro geomorphology were collected for three conspicuous and widely distributed Mojave Desert lizard species: Cnemidophorus tigris, Callisaurus draconoides, and Uta stansburiana. Study sites were distributed between the Marine Air Ground Task Force Training Command Marine Corps Air Ground Combat Center (MCAGCC) and Joshua Tree National Park (JOTR) in the Southern California Mojave Desert. Chapter 2 develops a new concept of reptile habitat in and environments. This concept is based upon geomorphic landform and surface composition, which are used to distinguish lizard macro and micro-habitat components. The micro-habitat requirements of individual species are linked to macro geomorphic landforms via their mutual microhabitat characterizations. Chapter 3 describes the development of the spatially explicit LizLand habitat model. LizLand is based on the concept of reptile habitat developed and described in Chapter 2. Digital data used to construct the model include geomorphic landform, surface composition, hydrologic, and elevation data. The model is validated for MCAGCC using secondary species locational data and developed for two additional species for which no primary data were collected. The implications of LizLand for military land management are discussed. The final paper explores in greater depth the relationship between Callisaurus draconoides and the geomorphic landform habitat class alluvial plains. It compares C. draconoides observations on unpaved alluvial plain roads to surrounding habitats and observations between MCAGCC and JOTR. Finally, it considers the use of C. draconoides as an indicator species given its affinity for unpaved alluvial plain roads. Title: The LizLand model : geomorphic landform and surface composition analysis of lizard habitat in the California Mojave Desert Author: Heaton, Jill S. This dissertation had three main objectives: 1) investigate the role of macro and micro geomorphology in determining lizard distributions in the Southern California Mojave Desert; 2) develop a spatially explicit lizard habitat model based upon geomorphology; and, 3) determine the interactive effects of geomorphology, roads, and land use in defining lizard habitat. To achieve these objectives a new concept of reptile habitat was developed. Primary field data on presence/absence of lizards in relation to macro and micro geomorphology were collected for three conspicuous and widely distributed Mojave Desert lizard species: Cnemidophorus tigris, Callisaurus draconoides, and Uta stansburiana. Study sites were distributed between the Marine Air Ground Task Force Training Command Marine Corps Air Ground Combat Center (MCAGCC) and Joshua Tree National Park (JOTR) in the Southern California Mojave Desert. Chapter 2 develops a new concept of reptile habitat in and environments. This concept is based upon geomorphic landform and surface composition, which are used to distinguish lizard macro and micro-habitat components. The micro-habitat requirements of individual species are linked to macro geomorphic landforms via their mutual microhabitat characterizations. Chapter 3 describes the development of the spatially explicit LizLand habitat model. LizLand is based on the concept of reptile habitat developed and described in Chapter 2. Digital data used to construct the model include geomorphic landform, surface composition, hydrologic, and elevation data. The model is validated for MCAGCC using secondary species locational data and developed for two additional species for which no primary data were collected. The implications of LizLand for military land management are discussed. The final paper explores in greater depth the relationship between Callisaurus draconoides and the geomorphic landform habitat class alluvial plains. It compares C. draconoides observations on unpaved alluvial plain roads to surrounding habitats and observations between MCAGCC and JOTR. Finally, it considers the use of C. draconoides as an indicator species given its affinity for unpaved alluvial plain roads. Close

• 22. [Article] Vegetation and soil microbial communities three years after wildfire in spruce-fir forests of northwestern Wyoming

  The Normalized Burn Ratio and Composite Burn Index were used to classify burn severity in three sites that experienced lightning-ignited wildfire in the year 2000. The effect of burn severity (unburned, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Vegetation and soil microbial communities three years after wildfire in spruce-fir forests of northwestern Wyoming Author: Hooke, Jennifer Suzanne The Normalized Burn Ratio and Composite Burn Index were used to classify burn severity in three sites that experienced lightning-ignited wildfire in the year 2000. The effect of burn severity (unburned, low, moderate, and high severity classes) was investigated on vegetation and soil microbial community composition. Vegetation communities showed a strong response to burn severity, with distinct communities associated with each burn severity class. Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify plant species associated with each burn severity class; one interesting result from ISA was that trembling aspen (Populus tremuloides) seedlings emerged as an indicator of the moderate severity class. Species richness and tree seedling density differed among burn severity classes. Soil microbial communities were analyzed using Phospholipid Fatty Acid analysis and showed moderate variation among burn severity classes and study sites. Total soil carbon and nitrogen did not differ with burn severity. The C:N ratio, total soil S, and soil pH differed significantly among burn severity classes. While the effect of burn severity is pronounced upon vegetation three years post-fire, effects on soil microbial communities are less evident. This could be attributed to the insulating properties of soils, the time elapsed after fire, or it could be an artifact of the sampling technique. Title: Vegetation and soil microbial communities three years after wildfire in spruce-fir forests of northwestern Wyoming Author: Hooke, Jennifer Suzanne The Normalized Burn Ratio and Composite Burn Index were used to classify burn severity in three sites that experienced lightning-ignited wildfire in the year 2000. The effect of burn severity (unburned, low, moderate, and high severity classes) was investigated on vegetation and soil microbial community composition. Vegetation communities showed a strong response to burn severity, with distinct communities associated with each burn severity class. Indicator Species Analysis was used to identify plant species associated with each burn severity class; one interesting result from ISA was that trembling aspen (Populus tremuloides) seedlings emerged as an indicator of the moderate severity class. Species richness and tree seedling density differed among burn severity classes. Soil microbial communities were analyzed using Phospholipid Fatty Acid analysis and showed moderate variation among burn severity classes and study sites. Total soil carbon and nitrogen did not differ with burn severity. The C:N ratio, total soil S, and soil pH differed significantly among burn severity classes. While the effect of burn severity is pronounced upon vegetation three years post-fire, effects on soil microbial communities are less evident. This could be attributed to the insulating properties of soils, the time elapsed after fire, or it could be an artifact of the sampling technique. Close

• 23. [Article] Classification of oak vegetation in the Willamette Valley

  A plant community classification was developed describing the comprehensive variation of oak vegetation currently occupying the Willamette Valley Ecoregion of western Oregon. Multivariate statistical analyses ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Classification of oak vegetation in the Willamette Valley Author: Fitzpatrick, Greg, Kertis, Jane, Alverson, Ed, Buechling, Arne A plant community classification was developed describing the comprehensive variation of oak vegetation currently occupying the Willamette Valley Ecoregion of western Oregon. Multivariate statistical analyses were used to classify field collected floristic and habitat data. Field sampling targeted minimally managed, homogenous vegetation stands with a significant oak component occupying at least 0.5 ha. Potential habitat locations were identified from local expert knowledge, data from The Nature Conservancy’s previous conservation planning efforts, and an interpretation of high resolution NAIP imagery. Potential oak habitats were digitized in a GIS and a random selection of sites stratifying significant environmental gradients was generated in order capture the range of oak habitat variability. Precise sample plot locations were predetermined and established at digitized stand centroids. Field sampling was based on relevé plot data collection methods and included ocular estimates of species cover. A total of 350 stands of oak vegetation were sampled over two field seasons. Two-way indicator species analysis (TWINSPAN) was used as an exploratory tool to identify potential patterns in species cover data and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) was used to delimit final plant community types. Nine vegetation classes were described from ordinations including seven forest / woodland types and two savannas Title: Classification of oak vegetation in the Willamette Valley Author: Fitzpatrick, Greg, Kertis, Jane, Alverson, Ed, Buechling, Arne A plant community classification was developed describing the comprehensive variation of oak vegetation currently occupying the Willamette Valley Ecoregion of western Oregon. Multivariate statistical analyses were used to classify field collected floristic and habitat data. Field sampling targeted minimally managed, homogenous vegetation stands with a significant oak component occupying at least 0.5 ha. Potential habitat locations were identified from local expert knowledge, data from The Nature Conservancy’s previous conservation planning efforts, and an interpretation of high resolution NAIP imagery. Potential oak habitats were digitized in a GIS and a random selection of sites stratifying significant environmental gradients was generated in order capture the range of oak habitat variability. Precise sample plot locations were predetermined and established at digitized stand centroids. Field sampling was based on relevé plot data collection methods and included ocular estimates of species cover. A total of 350 stands of oak vegetation were sampled over two field seasons. Two-way indicator species analysis (TWINSPAN) was used as an exploratory tool to identify potential patterns in species cover data and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) was used to delimit final plant community types. Nine vegetation classes were described from ordinations including seven forest / woodland types and two savannas Close

• 24. [Article] Estimating Watershed Biodiversity: An Empirical Study of the Chesapeake Bay in Maryland, USA

  There has been increasing demand for rigorous methods for evaluating biodiversity, one of the ecosystem services that sustains and fulfills human life. After carefully examining the literature, we found ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Estimating Watershed Biodiversity: An Empirical Study of the Chesapeake Bay in Maryland, USA Author: Morimoto, Junko, Voinov, Helena, Wilson, Matthew A., Costanza, Robert Year: 2003 There has been increasing demand for rigorous methods for evaluating biodiversity, one of the ecosystem services that sustains and fulfills human life. After carefully examining the literature, we found three key points that should be taken into account when we evaluate biodiversity. The first point is that any "indicator species" tends to be a leaky target of biodiversity. The second point is that "buffering" that is useful for representing the ecological concept of boundaries should have scientific meanings. The third point is that a "watershed" that integrates most natural processes is advantageous as the spatial range for evaluation. Based on these considerations, we developed the Biodiversity Probability Index (BPI) to account for biodiversity. We analyzed the relationship between BPI and total economic value of ecosystem services per unit area in order to test the reliability and utility of BPI. All BPI values were under a positive regression curve. The curve showed the highest economic value that could be achieved at a given biodiversity status. Based on our findings along the analysis, we conclude that the BPI has two advantages: (1) The BPI identifies the extent of the impact on biodiversity within a given landscape, and its composition of each category of species helps to identify what kind of wild life habitat could be seriously threatened by future land use development; (2) The BPI tells not only the biodiversity condition in ecological sense, but also provides the potential total economic value of ecosystem services, which will be achieved under ideal conditions. Title: Estimating Watershed Biodiversity: An Empirical Study of the Chesapeake Bay in Maryland, USA Author: Morimoto, Junko, Voinov, Helena, Wilson, Matthew A., Costanza, Robert Year: 2003 There has been increasing demand for rigorous methods for evaluating biodiversity, one of the ecosystem services that sustains and fulfills human life. After carefully examining the literature, we found three key points that should be taken into account when we evaluate biodiversity. The first point is that any "indicator species" tends to be a leaky target of biodiversity. The second point is that "buffering" that is useful for representing the ecological concept of boundaries should have scientific meanings. The third point is that a "watershed" that integrates most natural processes is advantageous as the spatial range for evaluation. Based on these considerations, we developed the Biodiversity Probability Index (BPI) to account for biodiversity. We analyzed the relationship between BPI and total economic value of ecosystem services per unit area in order to test the reliability and utility of BPI. All BPI values were under a positive regression curve. The curve showed the highest economic value that could be achieved at a given biodiversity status. Based on our findings along the analysis, we conclude that the BPI has two advantages: (1) The BPI identifies the extent of the impact on biodiversity within a given landscape, and its composition of each category of species helps to identify what kind of wild life habitat could be seriously threatened by future land use development; (2) The BPI tells not only the biodiversity condition in ecological sense, but also provides the potential total economic value of ecosystem services, which will be achieved under ideal conditions. Close

• 25. [Article] Mapping Conservation Opportunity Areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy

  As part of efforts to develop the Regional Conservation Strategy (RCS) for the greater Portland-Vancouver region, Oregon State University’s Institute for Natural Resources (INR) was asked to use spatial ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Mapping Conservation Opportunity Areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy Author: Burcsu, Theresa, Kagan, James S. Year: 2011 As part of efforts to develop the Regional Conservation Strategy (RCS) for the greater Portland-Vancouver region, Oregon State University’s Institute for Natural Resources (INR) was asked to use spatial modeling to identify conservation opportunity areas (COAs). To complete the project, INR analysts proposed a strategy that would map high value areas using a landscape approach that is focused on relatively high spatial resolution data sets available for the whole metropolitan region. The approach creates 2 main metrics: one focused on terrestrial organisms and the other focused on aquatic and riparian organisms. These are combined to create a map of highly ranked land areas that can be used to formulate a map of conservation opportunity areas. The purpose of the COA mapping project was to use geographic information system methods to identify landscape patches with conservation and restoration potential. The criteria used to identify these high value patches was based on a number of base- and derived-data sets that we call “data inputs.” The data ranged from recently mapped land use and land cover types, hydrological data to indicate species habitat requirements, and road influence on habitat patches. The project identified some areas in which data gaps exist (e.g., region-wide biodiversity data collected and mapped in consistent ways) and some opportunities for improving existent data sets (e.g., land use/land cover map). The project provided several layers that can be used to guide the final Regional Conservation Strategy in selecting conservation opportunity areas. The best layer will depend upon the needs of the RCS efforts, however, in our opinion the most appropriate layer to use is COA 3.11.1 which weights wetlands fairly high, but not as highly as the second data draft. COA 3.10.1 offers similar results as well. Overall it appears that the model results corroborate corridors analysis done previously (Hennings and Soll 2010). There are some issues remaining that we feel can most adequately be addressed by updating the base land use/land cover map. Title: Mapping Conservation Opportunity Areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy Author: Burcsu, Theresa, Kagan, James S. Year: 2011 As part of efforts to develop the Regional Conservation Strategy (RCS) for the greater Portland-Vancouver region, Oregon State University’s Institute for Natural Resources (INR) was asked to use spatial modeling to identify conservation opportunity areas (COAs). To complete the project, INR analysts proposed a strategy that would map high value areas using a landscape approach that is focused on relatively high spatial resolution data sets available for the whole metropolitan region. The approach creates 2 main metrics: one focused on terrestrial organisms and the other focused on aquatic and riparian organisms. These are combined to create a map of highly ranked land areas that can be used to formulate a map of conservation opportunity areas. The purpose of the COA mapping project was to use geographic information system methods to identify landscape patches with conservation and restoration potential. The criteria used to identify these high value patches was based on a number of base- and derived-data sets that we call “data inputs.” The data ranged from recently mapped land use and land cover types, hydrological data to indicate species habitat requirements, and road influence on habitat patches. The project identified some areas in which data gaps exist (e.g., region-wide biodiversity data collected and mapped in consistent ways) and some opportunities for improving existent data sets (e.g., land use/land cover map). The project provided several layers that can be used to guide the final Regional Conservation Strategy in selecting conservation opportunity areas. The best layer will depend upon the needs of the RCS efforts, however, in our opinion the most appropriate layer to use is COA 3.11.1 which weights wetlands fairly high, but not as highly as the second data draft. COA 3.10.1 offers similar results as well. Overall it appears that the model results corroborate corridors analysis done previously (Hennings and Soll 2010). There are some issues remaining that we feel can most adequately be addressed by updating the base land use/land cover map. Close

• 26. [Article] Integration methods for enzymatic analysis response curves which show maxima, minima or inflections

  Integration methods for enzymatic reactions were applied to transducer response vs. time curves which exhibit maxima, minima or inflections. The difference between the integral of the time dependent response ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Integration methods for enzymatic analysis response curves which show maxima, minima or inflections Author: Radke, Garold E. Integration methods for enzymatic reactions were applied to transducer response vs. time curves which exhibit maxima, minima or inflections. The difference between the integral of the time dependent response and the initial response, often zero, is related to the initial enzyme activity or substrate concentration. Fluorescence response curves which exhibit a maximum due to pre- and postfilter effects at elevated concentrations of a time dependent fluorescence indicator species result in integrals which may not be unique to one analyte concentration. It was found that augmenting the integral data with the time of the maximum permitted correlation of each integral with a unique analyte concentration or enzyme activity. Integrals of response curves which exhibit minima also correlate with unique analyte concentrations. At increased concentration of analyte, however, the minimum may broaden into a minimum plateau and the time of the minimum may supplement the integral data as a more sensitive measure of analyte concentration. Integrals of enzymatic response curves with inflection points correlate with unique analyte concentrations. Integration methods were applied to both real and ideal systems. Theoretical rate equations were used to generate families of idealized response curves exhibiting maxima, minima and inflections. Curves were generated at either fixed initial substrate concentration with variable enzyme activity or at fixed initial enzyme activity with variable substrate concentration. Difference integrals were calculated and plotted as a function of initial substrate concentration or initial enzyme activity. Enzymatic analyses were also performed using systems which produce families of response curves exhibiting maxima, minima and inflections. Difference integrals were calculated for these curves and related to initial enzyme activity or substrate concentration. Title: Integration methods for enzymatic analysis response curves which show maxima, minima or inflections Author: Radke, Garold E. Integration methods for enzymatic reactions were applied to transducer response vs. time curves which exhibit maxima, minima or inflections. The difference between the integral of the time dependent response and the initial response, often zero, is related to the initial enzyme activity or substrate concentration. Fluorescence response curves which exhibit a maximum due to pre- and postfilter effects at elevated concentrations of a time dependent fluorescence indicator species result in integrals which may not be unique to one analyte concentration. It was found that augmenting the integral data with the time of the maximum permitted correlation of each integral with a unique analyte concentration or enzyme activity. Integrals of response curves which exhibit minima also correlate with unique analyte concentrations. At increased concentration of analyte, however, the minimum may broaden into a minimum plateau and the time of the minimum may supplement the integral data as a more sensitive measure of analyte concentration. Integrals of enzymatic response curves with inflection points correlate with unique analyte concentrations. Integration methods were applied to both real and ideal systems. Theoretical rate equations were used to generate families of idealized response curves exhibiting maxima, minima and inflections. Curves were generated at either fixed initial substrate concentration with variable enzyme activity or at fixed initial enzyme activity with variable substrate concentration. Difference integrals were calculated and plotted as a function of initial substrate concentration or initial enzyme activity. Enzymatic analyses were also performed using systems which produce families of response curves exhibiting maxima, minima and inflections. Difference integrals were calculated for these curves and related to initial enzyme activity or substrate concentration. Close

• 27. [Article] Effects of disturbance modes on mycorrhizal fungus communities at Crater Lake National Park

  Crater Lake National Park presents an excellent opportunity for ecological research due to its relatively pristine landscape, the protection of its natural features, its infrastructure, and a Park administration ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of disturbance modes on mycorrhizal fungus communities at Crater Lake National Park Author: Trappe, Matt Crater Lake National Park presents an excellent opportunity for ecological research due to its relatively pristine landscape, the protection of its natural features, its infrastructure, and a Park administration supportive of scientific inquiry and restoration ecology. The research presented here examines the responses of fungi to various forms of perturbation. In the first chapter, we studied fruiting responses of mycorrhizal fungi to different prescribed applications in a ponderosa pine – white fir ecotype. We found that the most influential factor in fungal fruiting patterns was the soil C:N ratio, and identified corresponding "guilds" of fungal indicator species. Although more intense prescribed burns affected soil attributes, including C:N ratios, the fire served only as a modifier on an underlying landscape pattern of soil attributes. In the second chapter we examined the effects of past and current anthropogenic disturbance on mycorrhizal fungal fruiting patterns in a mountain hemlock – noble fir ecotype. At the microsite scale, intensive use had a detrimental effect on fungal diversity and productivity, but at the scale of the research plots there was no significant effect of anthropogenic disturbance on fungal fruiting patterns. In the third chapter, we studied the effects of the abovementioned disturbance types plus the effects of wildfires on mat-forming soil fungi. We identified 38 taxa of mat-forming fungi, and found that the presence of fungal mats is largely correlated with needle litter. Several of these taxa were not previously known to form mats. Title: Effects of disturbance modes on mycorrhizal fungus communities at Crater Lake National Park Author: Trappe, Matt Crater Lake National Park presents an excellent opportunity for ecological research due to its relatively pristine landscape, the protection of its natural features, its infrastructure, and a Park administration supportive of scientific inquiry and restoration ecology. The research presented here examines the responses of fungi to various forms of perturbation. In the first chapter, we studied fruiting responses of mycorrhizal fungi to different prescribed applications in a ponderosa pine – white fir ecotype. We found that the most influential factor in fungal fruiting patterns was the soil C:N ratio, and identified corresponding "guilds" of fungal indicator species. Although more intense prescribed burns affected soil attributes, including C:N ratios, the fire served only as a modifier on an underlying landscape pattern of soil attributes. In the second chapter we examined the effects of past and current anthropogenic disturbance on mycorrhizal fungal fruiting patterns in a mountain hemlock – noble fir ecotype. At the microsite scale, intensive use had a detrimental effect on fungal diversity and productivity, but at the scale of the research plots there was no significant effect of anthropogenic disturbance on fungal fruiting patterns. In the third chapter, we studied the effects of the abovementioned disturbance types plus the effects of wildfires on mat-forming soil fungi. We identified 38 taxa of mat-forming fungi, and found that the presence of fungal mats is largely correlated with needle litter. Several of these taxa were not previously known to form mats. Close

• 28. [Article] Floodplain vegetation following over 80 years of intensive land use and de-watering : Lower Owens River, California.

  Riparian areas in the arid western United States are critical ecosystems that have been severely degraded by a variety of land and water uses over the last 100 years. In this study, the composition and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Floodplain vegetation following over 80 years of intensive land use and de-watering : Lower Owens River, California. Author: Risso, Derek A. Riparian areas in the arid western United States are critical ecosystems that have been severely degraded by a variety of land and water uses over the last 100 years. In this study, the composition and structure of floodplain vegetation along the Lower Owens River in eastern California was quantitatively described following over 80 years of dewatering, grazing, groundwater pumping, and other land uses. The Lower Owens River is a heavily impacted and invaded riparian system which has suffered long-term hydrologic alteration and degrading land use. This study is part of the Lower Owens River Project, an effort to restore ecosystem function to this riverine landscape. Using a stratified design, five 2km long study plots were established in five river reaches within the 86 km study area. Within these plots, dominant species were ranked by cover in six structural classes along 105 line-intercept transects and species canopy cover and ground cover was estimated at 525 2m x 2m sub-plots in 2001 and 2002 to determine vegetation type composition and condition. Twenty–two vegetation types were delineated by cluster analysis and Indicator Species Analysis (ISA). Based on species composition and dominance, cluster analysis and Non-metric Multi-dimensional Scaling (NMS) were employed to examine relationships between vegetation types and environmental parameters. Vegetation composition and species diversity indices were strongly correlated with geographic and hydrologic variables. A weighted wetland indicator index elucidated a shift toward more xeric species and communities in the completely dewatered reaches, as well as a negative correlation with diversity measures. Completely dewatered reaches were dominated by communities that have shifted from native to exotic vegetation types. Five of the 22 distinct vegetation types delineated were dominated by exotic species, mainly salt-cedar (Tamarix spp.) and Russian thistle (Salsola tragus). These communities covered approximately 24% of the study area, and dominated the most severely dewatered reach. Conversely, native communities remained dominant in reaches where surface water was present. Native vegetation types covered 96% of these reaches, an increase of 64% (p=0 from a randomization test) over the severely dewatered reach. The native willow (e.g. Salix goddinggii and Salix exigua) and wet meadow vegetation types exhibited the highest species diversity, and therefore represent target vegetation types for restoration. The results of this study elucidate the changes in vegetation type cover and composition following dewatering and degrading land use in an arid western riparian system. Title: Floodplain vegetation following over 80 years of intensive land use and de-watering : Lower Owens River, California. Author: Risso, Derek A. Riparian areas in the arid western United States are critical ecosystems that have been severely degraded by a variety of land and water uses over the last 100 years. In this study, the composition and structure of floodplain vegetation along the Lower Owens River in eastern California was quantitatively described following over 80 years of dewatering, grazing, groundwater pumping, and other land uses. The Lower Owens River is a heavily impacted and invaded riparian system which has suffered long-term hydrologic alteration and degrading land use. This study is part of the Lower Owens River Project, an effort to restore ecosystem function to this riverine landscape. Using a stratified design, five 2km long study plots were established in five river reaches within the 86 km study area. Within these plots, dominant species were ranked by cover in six structural classes along 105 line-intercept transects and species canopy cover and ground cover was estimated at 525 2m x 2m sub-plots in 2001 and 2002 to determine vegetation type composition and condition. Twenty–two vegetation types were delineated by cluster analysis and Indicator Species Analysis (ISA). Based on species composition and dominance, cluster analysis and Non-metric Multi-dimensional Scaling (NMS) were employed to examine relationships between vegetation types and environmental parameters. Vegetation composition and species diversity indices were strongly correlated with geographic and hydrologic variables. A weighted wetland indicator index elucidated a shift toward more xeric species and communities in the completely dewatered reaches, as well as a negative correlation with diversity measures. Completely dewatered reaches were dominated by communities that have shifted from native to exotic vegetation types. Five of the 22 distinct vegetation types delineated were dominated by exotic species, mainly salt-cedar (Tamarix spp.) and Russian thistle (Salsola tragus). These communities covered approximately 24% of the study area, and dominated the most severely dewatered reach. Conversely, native communities remained dominant in reaches where surface water was present. Native vegetation types covered 96% of these reaches, an increase of 64% (p=0 from a randomization test) over the severely dewatered reach. The native willow (e.g. Salix goddinggii and Salix exigua) and wet meadow vegetation types exhibited the highest species diversity, and therefore represent target vegetation types for restoration. The results of this study elucidate the changes in vegetation type cover and composition following dewatering and degrading land use in an arid western riparian system. Close

• 29. [Article] The Northern Goshawk on the Southern Blue Mountains and Malheur National Forest: A Technical Review of its Status, Ecology and Management

  Technical review / report

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The Northern Goshawk on the Southern Blue Mountains and Malheur National Forest: A Technical Review of its Status, Ecology and Management Author: Seager, S Trent, Goodell, John Technical review / report Title: The Northern Goshawk on the Southern Blue Mountains and Malheur National Forest: A Technical Review of its Status, Ecology and Management Author: Seager, S Trent, Goodell, John Technical review / report Close

• 30. [Article] Bird communities in 5- to 34- year old managed Douglas-fir stands on the Willamette National Forest, Oregon Cascades

  Breeding bird communities were examined in 18 managed Douglas-fir stands in 6 age classes from 5 to 34 years old in spring and early summer, 1993 on the Detroit Ranger District, Willamette National Forest, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Bird communities in 5- to 34- year old managed Douglas-fir stands on the Willamette National Forest, Oregon Cascades Author: Bettinger, Kelly Anne Breeding bird communities were examined in 18 managed Douglas-fir stands in 6 age classes from 5 to 34 years old in spring and early summer, 1993 on the Detroit Ranger District, Willamette National Forest, Oregon. The range of seral stages included early shrub/sapling, late shrub/sapling, and pole. In general, the 9 younger stands were opencanopy while the 9 older stands were closed-canopy. Of the 50 bird species recorded, 21 had large enough sample sizes for analysis. Of these 21, 8 showed a pattern of increasing abundance with increasing stand age (chestnut-backed chickadee, golden-crowned kinglet, hermit thrush, hermit warbler, Pacific-slope flycatcher, Swainson's thrush, Wilson's warbler, winter wren). Six species showed a pattern of decreasing abundance with increasing stand age (American robin, darkeyed junco, rufous hummingbird, white-crowned sparrow) and 4 species peaked in abundance in age class 2 (10 - 14 years old) before decreasing with increasing stand age (dusky flycatcher, MacGillivray's warbler, orange-crowned warbler, rufous-sided towhee). Two species did not exhibit any particular pattern associated with stand age (warbling vireo, western tanager). Three species were dropped from analysis because their average territory size is larger than the smallest stand surveyed. Abundance indices for species which showed an increasing pattern were positively associated with habitat variables describing conifer basal area, percent cover of live conifer crown between 4 m and the height of the tallest conifer tree, number of conifer stems/ha between 20- and 30- cm dbh, and/or percent cover of live hardwood crown between 4 m and the height of the tallest hardwood tree. Abundance indices for species which showed a decreasing or peaked abundance were negatively associated with the same variables, excluding percent cover of hardwood crown. Total abundance, species richness, and species diversity did not differ (P<0.05) among the age classes. However, bird community composition changed with increasing stand age. Open-canopy stands were dominated by species preferring open-canopy habitats (top 5 species in order of abundance: dark-eyed junco, MacGillivray's warbler, rufous hummingbird, dusky flycatcher, rufous-sided towhee) while closed canopy-stands were dominated by species preferring closed-canopy habitats, (hermit warbler, dark-eyed junco, chestnut-backed chickadee, golden-crowned kinglet, Swainson's thrush); the dark-eyed junco was an exception. The rate of bird community change was rapid along the gradient of open-canopy stands but appeared to reach a plateau once canopy closure was reached. Title: Bird communities in 5- to 34- year old managed Douglas-fir stands on the Willamette National Forest, Oregon Cascades Author: Bettinger, Kelly Anne Breeding bird communities were examined in 18 managed Douglas-fir stands in 6 age classes from 5 to 34 years old in spring and early summer, 1993 on the Detroit Ranger District, Willamette National Forest, Oregon. The range of seral stages included early shrub/sapling, late shrub/sapling, and pole. In general, the 9 younger stands were opencanopy while the 9 older stands were closed-canopy. Of the 50 bird species recorded, 21 had large enough sample sizes for analysis. Of these 21, 8 showed a pattern of increasing abundance with increasing stand age (chestnut-backed chickadee, golden-crowned kinglet, hermit thrush, hermit warbler, Pacific-slope flycatcher, Swainson's thrush, Wilson's warbler, winter wren). Six species showed a pattern of decreasing abundance with increasing stand age (American robin, darkeyed junco, rufous hummingbird, white-crowned sparrow) and 4 species peaked in abundance in age class 2 (10 - 14 years old) before decreasing with increasing stand age (dusky flycatcher, MacGillivray's warbler, orange-crowned warbler, rufous-sided towhee). Two species did not exhibit any particular pattern associated with stand age (warbling vireo, western tanager). Three species were dropped from analysis because their average territory size is larger than the smallest stand surveyed. Abundance indices for species which showed an increasing pattern were positively associated with habitat variables describing conifer basal area, percent cover of live conifer crown between 4 m and the height of the tallest conifer tree, number of conifer stems/ha between 20- and 30- cm dbh, and/or percent cover of live hardwood crown between 4 m and the height of the tallest hardwood tree. Abundance indices for species which showed a decreasing or peaked abundance were negatively associated with the same variables, excluding percent cover of hardwood crown. Total abundance, species richness, and species diversity did not differ (P<0.05) among the age classes. However, bird community composition changed with increasing stand age. Open-canopy stands were dominated by species preferring open-canopy habitats (top 5 species in order of abundance: dark-eyed junco, MacGillivray's warbler, rufous hummingbird, dusky flycatcher, rufous-sided towhee) while closed canopy-stands were dominated by species preferring closed-canopy habitats, (hermit warbler, dark-eyed junco, chestnut-backed chickadee, golden-crowned kinglet, Swainson's thrush); the dark-eyed junco was an exception. The rate of bird community change was rapid along the gradient of open-canopy stands but appeared to reach a plateau once canopy closure was reached. Close

• 31. [Article] Non-Native Plant Invasion along Elevation and Canopy Closure Gradients in a Middle Rocky Mountain Ecosystem

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Non-Native Plant Invasion along Elevation and Canopy Closure Gradients in a Middle Rocky Mountain Ecosystem Author: Parks, Catherine G., DelCurto, Tim, Mata-González, Ricardo, Naylor, Bridgett J., McCune, Bruce, Averett, Joshua P. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library of Science and is in the public domain. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/ Title: Non-Native Plant Invasion along Elevation and Canopy Closure Gradients in a Middle Rocky Mountain Ecosystem Author: Parks, Catherine G., DelCurto, Tim, Mata-González, Ricardo, Naylor, Bridgett J., McCune, Bruce, Averett, Joshua P. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The article was published by the Public Library of Science and is in the public domain. The published article can be found at: http://www.plosone.org/ Close

• 32. [Article] Spatiotemporal Drivers of Seabird Distribution at the Pacific Marine Energy Center off Newport, Oregon

  The central Oregon coast was selected as an ideal site for wave energy development and establishment of the Pacific Marine Energy Center (PMEC). PMEC will consist of two nearshore sites, one north (NETS) ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Spatiotemporal Drivers of Seabird Distribution at the Pacific Marine Energy Center off Newport, Oregon Author: Porquez, Jessica M. The central Oregon coast was selected as an ideal site for wave energy development and establishment of the Pacific Marine Energy Center (PMEC). PMEC will consist of two nearshore sites, one north (NETS) and one south (SETS) of the Yaquina River, Oregon. Our study aims to assess how the development of wave energy sites might impact marine birds. We used vessel-based strip transect surveys to detect spatial and temporal patterns of seabirds during 28 surveys of NETS and SETS from 2013-2015. We also conducted 29 surveys along the Newport Hydrographic Line (NHL) (2006-2009, 2013-2015), a cross-shelf oceanographic sampling line that extends 40 km west of NETS. We collected in situ measurements of surface conductivity, temperature and fluorescence to test correlations between spatial variables and seabird abundance. Common murres (Uria aalge) were the most abundant resident species (70%) while sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus) were the most abundant migratory species (78%). We identified 7 focal species (common murres, sooty shearwaters, Brandt's and pelagic cormorants (Phalacrocorax penicillatus and pelagicus), western gull (Larus occidentalis), Cassin's auklet (Ptychoramphus aleuticus), and red-necked phalaropes (Phalaropus lobatus), 5 foraging niches and 3 species of interest for analysis. We used non-metric multidimensional scaling ordinations to assess seasonal shifts in the seabird community at a focal species and foraging group level. Both ordinations depicted strong seasonal gradients with distinct seasonal communities. Focal species were also driven by a distance to shore gradient, while foraging niches were more influenced by foraging type (diving versus surface feeding). The shoreward shift or outward dispersal of species appears driven by a combination of factors, including the diffusion of nearshore concentration of murres and cormorants on Yaquina Head post chick fledging, and the inshore movement of migratory species with the onset of upwelling and greater prey abundance. We employed generalized additive mixed models for the focal species, and tested for correlations with in situ data (salinity, temperature and fluorescence), depth, substrate, season, and a random 'site' effect. We identified correlations between several species and measured oceanographic variables, which indicated species' selection of specific water masses. With Inverse Distance Weighted maps we detected high use zones by sooty shearwaters and common murres outside of both site boundaries, except during the spring and summer, when murres occur densely within the NETS. None of our observed species of concern (brown pelicans (Pelicanus occidentalis), black footed albatrosses (Phoebastria nigiripes) and marbled murrelets, (Brachyramphus marmoratus)) were detected within either site boundary. Rather, pelicans and murrelets were observed inshore of the SETS and south of the NETS, and albatrosses were all detected west of the sites. We observed overall low abundance of focal species within the sites, relative to adjacent areas, although the whole study area appears to be productive foraging habitat used by many species. As a baseline characterization of the seabird community off Newport, this work can help inform citing and permitting processes of similar wave energy test facilities and provide a platform for continued monitoring of seabirds in the area. Title: Spatiotemporal Drivers of Seabird Distribution at the Pacific Marine Energy Center off Newport, Oregon Author: Porquez, Jessica M. The central Oregon coast was selected as an ideal site for wave energy development and establishment of the Pacific Marine Energy Center (PMEC). PMEC will consist of two nearshore sites, one north (NETS) and one south (SETS) of the Yaquina River, Oregon. Our study aims to assess how the development of wave energy sites might impact marine birds. We used vessel-based strip transect surveys to detect spatial and temporal patterns of seabirds during 28 surveys of NETS and SETS from 2013-2015. We also conducted 29 surveys along the Newport Hydrographic Line (NHL) (2006-2009, 2013-2015), a cross-shelf oceanographic sampling line that extends 40 km west of NETS. We collected in situ measurements of surface conductivity, temperature and fluorescence to test correlations between spatial variables and seabird abundance. Common murres (Uria aalge) were the most abundant resident species (70%) while sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus) were the most abundant migratory species (78%). We identified 7 focal species (common murres, sooty shearwaters, Brandt's and pelagic cormorants (Phalacrocorax penicillatus and pelagicus), western gull (Larus occidentalis), Cassin's auklet (Ptychoramphus aleuticus), and red-necked phalaropes (Phalaropus lobatus), 5 foraging niches and 3 species of interest for analysis. We used non-metric multidimensional scaling ordinations to assess seasonal shifts in the seabird community at a focal species and foraging group level. Both ordinations depicted strong seasonal gradients with distinct seasonal communities. Focal species were also driven by a distance to shore gradient, while foraging niches were more influenced by foraging type (diving versus surface feeding). The shoreward shift or outward dispersal of species appears driven by a combination of factors, including the diffusion of nearshore concentration of murres and cormorants on Yaquina Head post chick fledging, and the inshore movement of migratory species with the onset of upwelling and greater prey abundance. We employed generalized additive mixed models for the focal species, and tested for correlations with in situ data (salinity, temperature and fluorescence), depth, substrate, season, and a random 'site' effect. We identified correlations between several species and measured oceanographic variables, which indicated species' selection of specific water masses. With Inverse Distance Weighted maps we detected high use zones by sooty shearwaters and common murres outside of both site boundaries, except during the spring and summer, when murres occur densely within the NETS. None of our observed species of concern (brown pelicans (Pelicanus occidentalis), black footed albatrosses (Phoebastria nigiripes) and marbled murrelets, (Brachyramphus marmoratus)) were detected within either site boundary. Rather, pelicans and murrelets were observed inshore of the SETS and south of the NETS, and albatrosses were all detected west of the sites. We observed overall low abundance of focal species within the sites, relative to adjacent areas, although the whole study area appears to be productive foraging habitat used by many species. As a baseline characterization of the seabird community off Newport, this work can help inform citing and permitting processes of similar wave energy test facilities and provide a platform for continued monitoring of seabirds in the area. Close

• 33. [Article] Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf and upper slope off Washington, 1975-76 : completion report July 1, 1975 to September 30, 1977

  Groundfish surveys off the Washington coast were conducted in September of 1975 and 1976 between Cape Flattery and the Columbia River. The primary purposes of the surveys were to obtain estimates of biomass ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf and upper slope off Washington, 1975-76 : completion report July 1, 1975 to September 30, 1977 Author: Barss, William H., United States. National Marine Fisheries Service, Ten Eyck, Neil, Demory, Robert L., Oregon. Dept. of Fish and Wildlife Groundfish surveys off the Washington coast were conducted in September of 1975 and 1976 between Cape Flattery and the Columbia River. The primary purposes of the surveys were to obtain estimates of biomass and further our knowledge on population parameters of important groundfish species, especially flatfish, occupying the continental shelf and upper continental slope. Survey design was based on a 5x6 N. mi grid with a random starting point. Samples were obtained for age, size and sex composition from important flatfish species. Weights were obtained from all species of fish. Estimates of biomass, all species, were 143,447 and 147,303 metric tons in 1975 and 1976, respectively. Pacific hake and English sole were the most abundant species. Estimates of biomass and potential yield were determined for six species of flatfish. Data indicate that most flatfish species are not fully exploited, but several species may be nearing full utilization. Increased yield could be obtained without increased fishing effort if market demand would increase on certain under-utilized species. Several population parameters were obtained. Age, length-weight constants, total annual and fishing mortality rates and exploitation rate were estimated for six species of flatfish. Distribution and abundance was depicted for major species by catch maps. Distribution of some species was closely correlated with depth and sediment type. Increase in mean weight was associated with increasing depth for many species, Strong year classes were indicated for several species. Data suggests that the Astoria Canyon may separate Dover sole and also arrowtooth flounder stocks. Title: Marine resource surveys on the continental shelf and upper slope off Washington, 1975-76 : completion report July 1, 1975 to September 30, 1977 Author: Barss, William H., United States. National Marine Fisheries Service, Ten Eyck, Neil, Demory, Robert L., Oregon. Dept. of Fish and Wildlife Groundfish surveys off the Washington coast were conducted in September of 1975 and 1976 between Cape Flattery and the Columbia River. The primary purposes of the surveys were to obtain estimates of biomass and further our knowledge on population parameters of important groundfish species, especially flatfish, occupying the continental shelf and upper continental slope. Survey design was based on a 5x6 N. mi grid with a random starting point. Samples were obtained for age, size and sex composition from important flatfish species. Weights were obtained from all species of fish. Estimates of biomass, all species, were 143,447 and 147,303 metric tons in 1975 and 1976, respectively. Pacific hake and English sole were the most abundant species. Estimates of biomass and potential yield were determined for six species of flatfish. Data indicate that most flatfish species are not fully exploited, but several species may be nearing full utilization. Increased yield could be obtained without increased fishing effort if market demand would increase on certain under-utilized species. Several population parameters were obtained. Age, length-weight constants, total annual and fishing mortality rates and exploitation rate were estimated for six species of flatfish. Distribution and abundance was depicted for major species by catch maps. Distribution of some species was closely correlated with depth and sediment type. Increase in mean weight was associated with increasing depth for many species, Strong year classes were indicated for several species. Data suggests that the Astoria Canyon may separate Dover sole and also arrowtooth flounder stocks. Close

• 34. [Article] A plant association classification for McDonald-Dunn Forest

  The purpose of this study was to develop a plant association classification for the mature coniferous forests of the McDonald and Paul M. Dunn Research Forests. A secondary objective was to quantify diversity ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: A plant association classification for McDonald-Dunn Forest Author: Hubbard, Connie J. The purpose of this study was to develop a plant association classification for the mature coniferous forests of the McDonald and Paul M. Dunn Research Forests. A secondary objective was to quantify diversity within the plant associations. This Forest is approximately 11,000 acres and is located 6 miles to the north of Corvallis Oregon. This forest is owned and managed by the College of Forestry at Oregon State University. This study, and a companion study by Leavell (1991), was funded by the Research Forest to broaden their understanding of the plant communities on the Forest. The companion study developed relationships between the plant associations and the environment. Classification was based on 108 plots, using percent cover of trees, shrubs, forbs, and grasses. This sampling density of approximately 1 plot per 100 acres is much greater than most community classifications in the area (Hemstrom & Logan, 1986; Hemstrom et al., 1987; Topik et al., 1988; Juday, 1976). A total of 117 vascular plant species were encountered; 68 of these were used in classification. Stands sampled for this classification were primarily seral, yet the most mature available. Few climax stands were available for sampling. Plant associations were developed using TWINSPAN, a two-way indicator species analysis (Hill, 1979b). Six plant associations were developed and described in this study: Tsuga heterophylla/Acer circinatum-Gaultheria shallon Abies grandis/Acer circinatum-Gaultheria shallon Abies grandis/Disporum hookeri-Thalictrum occidentale Abies grandis/Polystichum munituin Abies qrandis/Rubus ursinus-Rhus diversiloba Abies randis/Brachypodium sylvaticum One plant association, Abies grandis/Acer circinatum- Gaultheria shallon, parallels a previously described plant association described by Juday in the Valley Margin Zone (Juday, 1976). The other 5 plant associations described in this study are original descriptions. The TSHE/ACCI-GASH, ABGR/ACCI-GASH, and the ABGR/RUURRHDI plant associations are shrub-dominated. ABGR/DIHOTHOC and ABGR/POMU are forb-domjnated associations, and ABGR/BRSY is a grass-dominated plant association. Plant associations were shown to have significant differences in species richness, heterogeneity, evenness, and in vertical structure. Average species richness per plot is highest in the ABGR/ACCI-GASH and ABGR/DIHO-THOC plant associations, which also has high relative diversity (Shannon's index) and evenness. Species richness is lowest in the TSHE/ACCI-GASH plant association, probably because it was represented only by seral stands. Structural diversity included an analysis of snags. Snag number, size, and distribution were not related to plant associations. Current snag levels indicate that at most, 30 percent of the maximun populations for six woodpecker species could be supported on this Forest. A description of each plant association is given. The description for each includes: extent, location, characteristic species, species richness and percent cover within four strata (trees, shrubs, forbs, and grasses), heterogeneity (Shannon' s diversity index), and an evenness measure. Title: A plant association classification for McDonald-Dunn Forest Author: Hubbard, Connie J. The purpose of this study was to develop a plant association classification for the mature coniferous forests of the McDonald and Paul M. Dunn Research Forests. A secondary objective was to quantify diversity within the plant associations. This Forest is approximately 11,000 acres and is located 6 miles to the north of Corvallis Oregon. This forest is owned and managed by the College of Forestry at Oregon State University. This study, and a companion study by Leavell (1991), was funded by the Research Forest to broaden their understanding of the plant communities on the Forest. The companion study developed relationships between the plant associations and the environment. Classification was based on 108 plots, using percent cover of trees, shrubs, forbs, and grasses. This sampling density of approximately 1 plot per 100 acres is much greater than most community classifications in the area (Hemstrom & Logan, 1986; Hemstrom et al., 1987; Topik et al., 1988; Juday, 1976). A total of 117 vascular plant species were encountered; 68 of these were used in classification. Stands sampled for this classification were primarily seral, yet the most mature available. Few climax stands were available for sampling. Plant associations were developed using TWINSPAN, a two-way indicator species analysis (Hill, 1979b). Six plant associations were developed and described in this study: Tsuga heterophylla/Acer circinatum-Gaultheria shallon Abies grandis/Acer circinatum-Gaultheria shallon Abies grandis/Disporum hookeri-Thalictrum occidentale Abies grandis/Polystichum munituin Abies qrandis/Rubus ursinus-Rhus diversiloba Abies randis/Brachypodium sylvaticum One plant association, Abies grandis/Acer circinatum- Gaultheria shallon, parallels a previously described plant association described by Juday in the Valley Margin Zone (Juday, 1976). The other 5 plant associations described in this study are original descriptions. The TSHE/ACCI-GASH, ABGR/ACCI-GASH, and the ABGR/RUURRHDI plant associations are shrub-dominated. ABGR/DIHOTHOC and ABGR/POMU are forb-domjnated associations, and ABGR/BRSY is a grass-dominated plant association. Plant associations were shown to have significant differences in species richness, heterogeneity, evenness, and in vertical structure. Average species richness per plot is highest in the ABGR/ACCI-GASH and ABGR/DIHO-THOC plant associations, which also has high relative diversity (Shannon's index) and evenness. Species richness is lowest in the TSHE/ACCI-GASH plant association, probably because it was represented only by seral stands. Structural diversity included an analysis of snags. Snag number, size, and distribution were not related to plant associations. Current snag levels indicate that at most, 30 percent of the maximun populations for six woodpecker species could be supported on this Forest. A description of each plant association is given. The description for each includes: extent, location, characteristic species, species richness and percent cover within four strata (trees, shrubs, forbs, and grasses), heterogeneity (Shannon' s diversity index), and an evenness measure. Close

• 35. [Article] Species composition and community structure of pelagic nekton off Oregon and Washington under variable oceanographic conditions

  The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Species composition and community structure of pelagic nekton off Oregon and Washington under variable oceanographic conditions Author: Fisher, Joseph P., Emmett, Robert L., Morgan, Cheryl A., Casillas, Ed, Brodeur, Richard D. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Title: Species composition and community structure of pelagic nekton off Oregon and Washington under variable oceanographic conditions Author: Fisher, Joseph P., Emmett, Robert L., Morgan, Cheryl A., Casillas, Ed, Brodeur, Richard D. The published version of this article is copyrighted by Inter-Research and can be found here: http://www.int-res.com/journals/meps/meps-home/ Close

• 36. [Article] Probabilistic modeling of understory vegetation species in a northeastern Oregon industrial forest

  Managing forest ecosystems for sustainable, multiple use requires forest resource managers to understand how species composition and distribution vary across environmental gradients and respond to landscape ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Probabilistic modeling of understory vegetation species in a northeastern Oregon industrial forest Author: Yost, Andrew Charles Managing forest ecosystems for sustainable, multiple use requires forest resource managers to understand how species composition and distribution vary across environmental gradients and respond to landscape scale disturbance. A number of statistical modeling tools are available to construct predictive models and maps from response data, a set of predictor variables, and a predefined statistical distribution. Non-Parametric Multiplicative Regression (NPMR) is a probability modeling system that finds the best multiplicative set of predictor variables. The best set maximizes the Bayes Factor value which is a ratio based on modeled estimates and a species' average frequency of occurrence. This study demonstrates predictive vegetation modeling and mapping using NPMR and species presence/absence data collected from 610 plots located across an industrial managed forest landscape in Northeast Oregon. Plots were stratified with a random sampling design. Four modeling approaches were taken to compare the predictive power of spatial coordinates in combination with a set of topographically-derived and stand structural predictor variables. Spatial coordinates were often the most powerful predictors and the modeling approach with physiographic and stand structural variables together was frequently the most improved relative to the average frequency of occurrence. Comparisons between Logistic Regression (LR) and NPMR models were conducted for the species Clintonia unflora (CLUN) and Pinus ponderosa (PIPO). NPMR performed better for CLUN when the best predictor variables selected by NPMR were used to construct a LR model. For PIPO, the performance of NPMR was comparable to LR when the set of predictor variables used to build the LR model was based on whether the response in probability to each variable was monotonic. Species-level GIS probability maps were produced with the application of the physiographic models and a corresponding set of GIS raster files. GIS overlays of indicator species maps were used to construct plant association group (PAG) maps. Intersections of PAG layers resulted in quantitative mapping of intergrade between types. PAG layers were often significant predictor variables in probability models for 70 understory and five conifer species produced with Logistic Regression (LR) using a forward step-wise process. Potential applications of both NPMR and LR models with the Forest Vegetation Simulator are discussed. Title: Probabilistic modeling of understory vegetation species in a northeastern Oregon industrial forest Author: Yost, Andrew Charles Managing forest ecosystems for sustainable, multiple use requires forest resource managers to understand how species composition and distribution vary across environmental gradients and respond to landscape scale disturbance. A number of statistical modeling tools are available to construct predictive models and maps from response data, a set of predictor variables, and a predefined statistical distribution. Non-Parametric Multiplicative Regression (NPMR) is a probability modeling system that finds the best multiplicative set of predictor variables. The best set maximizes the Bayes Factor value which is a ratio based on modeled estimates and a species' average frequency of occurrence. This study demonstrates predictive vegetation modeling and mapping using NPMR and species presence/absence data collected from 610 plots located across an industrial managed forest landscape in Northeast Oregon. Plots were stratified with a random sampling design. Four modeling approaches were taken to compare the predictive power of spatial coordinates in combination with a set of topographically-derived and stand structural predictor variables. Spatial coordinates were often the most powerful predictors and the modeling approach with physiographic and stand structural variables together was frequently the most improved relative to the average frequency of occurrence. Comparisons between Logistic Regression (LR) and NPMR models were conducted for the species Clintonia unflora (CLUN) and Pinus ponderosa (PIPO). NPMR performed better for CLUN when the best predictor variables selected by NPMR were used to construct a LR model. For PIPO, the performance of NPMR was comparable to LR when the set of predictor variables used to build the LR model was based on whether the response in probability to each variable was monotonic. Species-level GIS probability maps were produced with the application of the physiographic models and a corresponding set of GIS raster files. GIS overlays of indicator species maps were used to construct plant association group (PAG) maps. Intersections of PAG layers resulted in quantitative mapping of intergrade between types. PAG layers were often significant predictor variables in probability models for 70 understory and five conifer species produced with Logistic Regression (LR) using a forward step-wise process. Potential applications of both NPMR and LR models with the Forest Vegetation Simulator are discussed. Close

• 37. [Article] Ecological survey and interpretation of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area, W.L. Finley National Wildlife Refuge, Oregon

  The purpose of this study was to: (1) evaluate land use and vegetation history of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area; (2) characterize present day vegetation; (3) evaluate the relation of ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ecological survey and interpretation of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area, W.L. Finley National Wildlife Refuge, Oregon Author: Streatfeild, Rosemary Welch The purpose of this study was to: (1) evaluate land use and vegetation history of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area; (2) characterize present day vegetation; (3) evaluate the relation of vegetation to environment, and (4) establish a baseline dataset for future trend analysis in order that response of different plant species to fire frequencies may be assessed. I used historical records, aerial photographs, interviews, and literature to ascertain land use and vegetation history. I assumed that the RNA had been maintained as prairie by periodic aboriginal burning. Fire ignited by settlers continued as a management tool into the late 19th century. Grazing was a major disturbance in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, and plowing or some other soil disturbance on the raised elongated mounds may have occurred. With removal of livestock grazing in the early 1960s and only a sporadic burning program, shrub cover increased markedly over the past several decades. I surveyed vegetation in the summer of 1991 in 36 random permanent plots. 1 classified species cover with two-way indicator species analysis, identifying two major communities. One is dominated by tall dense Rosa eg'lanteria, Hypericum perforatum, and many alien weedy species located on slightly elevated mounds, and the other is dominated by shorter but also dense Rosa eglanteria, Deschampsia cespitosa, and many species with wetland affinity on intermounds. Monotypic patches of Spiraea douglasii also occur on intermounds. Species composition strongly correlates with raicrotopography related to an indirect soil moisture index based on wetland status of individual species. Composition correlates less strongly with year since last burn. I confirmed vegetation-environment relations by null hypothesis analysis, tested by multi-response permutation procedure. Vegetation significantly differs on mounds vs. intermounds and vegetation significantly reflects burning history. I ordinated floristic data by non-metric scaling. I also tallied nested frequency data as a baseline for future trend analysis in order to assess change in vegetation in response to fire frequency. Frequency change of Rosa eglanteria will best be detected by change in a 0.01 m2 plot size, Holcus lanatus by a 0.10 m2 plot, and remaining species by a 1.00 m2 plot. Title: Ecological survey and interpretation of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area, W.L. Finley National Wildlife Refuge, Oregon Author: Streatfeild, Rosemary Welch The purpose of this study was to: (1) evaluate land use and vegetation history of the Willamette Floodplain Research Natural Area; (2) characterize present day vegetation; (3) evaluate the relation of vegetation to environment, and (4) establish a baseline dataset for future trend analysis in order that response of different plant species to fire frequencies may be assessed. I used historical records, aerial photographs, interviews, and literature to ascertain land use and vegetation history. I assumed that the RNA had been maintained as prairie by periodic aboriginal burning. Fire ignited by settlers continued as a management tool into the late 19th century. Grazing was a major disturbance in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, and plowing or some other soil disturbance on the raised elongated mounds may have occurred. With removal of livestock grazing in the early 1960s and only a sporadic burning program, shrub cover increased markedly over the past several decades. I surveyed vegetation in the summer of 1991 in 36 random permanent plots. 1 classified species cover with two-way indicator species analysis, identifying two major communities. One is dominated by tall dense Rosa eg'lanteria, Hypericum perforatum, and many alien weedy species located on slightly elevated mounds, and the other is dominated by shorter but also dense Rosa eglanteria, Deschampsia cespitosa, and many species with wetland affinity on intermounds. Monotypic patches of Spiraea douglasii also occur on intermounds. Species composition strongly correlates with raicrotopography related to an indirect soil moisture index based on wetland status of individual species. Composition correlates less strongly with year since last burn. I confirmed vegetation-environment relations by null hypothesis analysis, tested by multi-response permutation procedure. Vegetation significantly differs on mounds vs. intermounds and vegetation significantly reflects burning history. I ordinated floristic data by non-metric scaling. I also tallied nested frequency data as a baseline for future trend analysis in order to assess change in vegetation in response to fire frequency. Frequency change of Rosa eglanteria will best be detected by change in a 0.01 m2 plot size, Holcus lanatus by a 0.10 m2 plot, and remaining species by a 1.00 m2 plot. Close

• 38. [Article] Zooplankton of the Galapagos Islands

  The marine climate of the Galapagos is spatially and seasonally heterogeneous. A taxonomically comprehensive study of Galapagos zooplankton has never been done. This study is an initial effort to establish ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Zooplankton of the Galapagos Islands Author: Figueroa, Diego The marine climate of the Galapagos is spatially and seasonally heterogeneous. A taxonomically comprehensive study of Galapagos zooplankton has never been done. This study is an initial effort to establish the distribution and community structure of zooplankton in the Archipelago. I collected zooplankton samples by vertical tows over the Galapagos shelf during the islands’ cold and warm seasons. Abundance was determined and copepods and euphausiids were identified to species. Hydrographic, nutrient and chlorophyll profiles were obtained for some sites. Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS) ordinations, Multi-Response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and Indicator Species Analyses (ISA) were used to determine trends in community composition. Two marine systems were identified: 1) a nutrient-rich upwelling system with a shallow mixed layer and a diatom dominated phytoplankton community in the west and 2) a non-upwelling system with a deeper mixed layer, lower surface nutrient concentrations and a phytoplankton community dominated by small cells in the east. During the cold season three distinct zooplankton communities were observed that divide into western, central, and southeastern regions. During the warm season, the community in the west was replaced by a mix of species from the central region and abundance decreased. The diverse zooplankton community with varying geographical and seasonal affinities reflects the advective sources of surrounding waters. In addition to diverse oceanic environments, the Galapagos also have a unique set of inland pools known as anchialine habitats. I collected zooplankton from various anchialine pools in three different islands. These pools contain species of specialized cave-dwellers including undescribed species of Ridgewayia and Pseudocyclops (calanoid copepods). I describe these species and apply morphological and molecular methods to determine phylogenetic relationships and patterns of colonization. The mitochondrial gene cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI) and the nuclear internal transcribed spacer 1 (ITS1) were used for phylogenetic analyses. The ITS1gene successfully reconstructed phylogenies, but the COI gene was highly conserved across these two families. This gene may not be appropriate as the current standard for “bar-coding” all marine species. These anchialine copepods are a result of several independent colonization events with phylogenetic ties to extant species in the western Pacific and Caribbean. Title: Zooplankton of the Galapagos Islands Author: Figueroa, Diego The marine climate of the Galapagos is spatially and seasonally heterogeneous. A taxonomically comprehensive study of Galapagos zooplankton has never been done. This study is an initial effort to establish the distribution and community structure of zooplankton in the Archipelago. I collected zooplankton samples by vertical tows over the Galapagos shelf during the islands’ cold and warm seasons. Abundance was determined and copepods and euphausiids were identified to species. Hydrographic, nutrient and chlorophyll profiles were obtained for some sites. Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS) ordinations, Multi-Response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and Indicator Species Analyses (ISA) were used to determine trends in community composition. Two marine systems were identified: 1) a nutrient-rich upwelling system with a shallow mixed layer and a diatom dominated phytoplankton community in the west and 2) a non-upwelling system with a deeper mixed layer, lower surface nutrient concentrations and a phytoplankton community dominated by small cells in the east. During the cold season three distinct zooplankton communities were observed that divide into western, central, and southeastern regions. During the warm season, the community in the west was replaced by a mix of species from the central region and abundance decreased. The diverse zooplankton community with varying geographical and seasonal affinities reflects the advective sources of surrounding waters. In addition to diverse oceanic environments, the Galapagos also have a unique set of inland pools known as anchialine habitats. I collected zooplankton from various anchialine pools in three different islands. These pools contain species of specialized cave-dwellers including undescribed species of Ridgewayia and Pseudocyclops (calanoid copepods). I describe these species and apply morphological and molecular methods to determine phylogenetic relationships and patterns of colonization. The mitochondrial gene cytochrome c oxidase subunit I (COI) and the nuclear internal transcribed spacer 1 (ITS1) were used for phylogenetic analyses. The ITS1gene successfully reconstructed phylogenies, but the COI gene was highly conserved across these two families. This gene may not be appropriate as the current standard for “bar-coding” all marine species. These anchialine copepods are a result of several independent colonization events with phylogenetic ties to extant species in the western Pacific and Caribbean. Close

• 39. [Article] Small mammal distribution, abundance and habitat selection in managed riparian habitats of Bear Valley, eastern Oregon

  Riparian zones are critical habitats for management because of their importance for both cattle production and wildlife, and a high potential for resource conflicts. Riparian management should address ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Small mammal distribution, abundance and habitat selection in managed riparian habitats of Bear Valley, eastern Oregon Author: Tomas, Walfrido Moraes Riparian zones are critical habitats for management because of their importance for both cattle production and wildlife, and a high potential for resource conflicts. Riparian management should address habitat and microhabitat features that sustain both livestock production and wildlife diversity. I conducted a study to determine how small mammal distributions and abundance differ among 3 structurally different riparian habitats in eastern Oregon. The 3 habitat types, herbaceous, discontinuous willow, and continuous willow, represent a range of habitats typical of riparian zones in central and eastern Oregon. I estimated small mammal population sizes in 9 trap grids placed in riparian zones using capture-recapture techniques. Four species of small mammals were captured during 7 trapping periods from August 1994 to September 1995. Small mammal distributions and population sizes of each species varied both within and among riparian pastures. Montane voles (Microtus montanus) were the most abundant species in all grids. Deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) had high population sizes in grids with low montane vole populations and moderate to high willow cover. Competition with voles appeared to occur in riparian habitats of Bear Valley, and influenced the distribution and numbers of deer mice. Western jumping mice (Zapus princeps) were captured at relatively low numbers and almost exclusively in continuous willow habitats. Vagrant shrews (Sorex vagrans) were captured on all grids, and population sizes were small. Haying negatively affected survival rates of voles. Biomass, vegetation height, and percent ground cover were the habitat variables most frequently associated with occurrence of montane voles in Bear Valley. The probability of occurrence of this species was positively correlated with these habitat variables. Deer mice probability of occurrence was positively correlated with percent ground cover, plant biomass, and soil moisture. Most deer mice captures occurred in continuous willow habitats, and the number of captures increased with willow basal cover (R²=0.7579, P<0.001). Western jumping mice occurrence was positively correlated with plant biomass and soil moisture, and negatively correlated with distance from willow and percent ground cover. Western jumping mice also were more frequently captured in willow than nonwillow vegetation associations (P=0.054) within continuous willow habitats. Vagrant shrews were positively associated with plant biomass, vegetation height, and soil moisture. Small mammal habitat associations from my study sites in Bear Valley are in agreement with the literature, suggesting relatively consistent patterns in species-habitat associations. Distribution of small mammal species differed among pastures probably as a result of historical management practices. Alterations of riparian zone structure from historical management practices were evident in the study area, including elimination or decreased willow density, channel entrenchment, and invasion of riparian areas by xeric vegetation. Western jumping mice are apparently the most sensitive species in this area, requiring dense willow stands, suggesting that jumping mice could serve as an indicator species for riparian habitat condition. Title: Small mammal distribution, abundance and habitat selection in managed riparian habitats of Bear Valley, eastern Oregon Author: Tomas, Walfrido Moraes Riparian zones are critical habitats for management because of their importance for both cattle production and wildlife, and a high potential for resource conflicts. Riparian management should address habitat and microhabitat features that sustain both livestock production and wildlife diversity. I conducted a study to determine how small mammal distributions and abundance differ among 3 structurally different riparian habitats in eastern Oregon. The 3 habitat types, herbaceous, discontinuous willow, and continuous willow, represent a range of habitats typical of riparian zones in central and eastern Oregon. I estimated small mammal population sizes in 9 trap grids placed in riparian zones using capture-recapture techniques. Four species of small mammals were captured during 7 trapping periods from August 1994 to September 1995. Small mammal distributions and population sizes of each species varied both within and among riparian pastures. Montane voles (Microtus montanus) were the most abundant species in all grids. Deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) had high population sizes in grids with low montane vole populations and moderate to high willow cover. Competition with voles appeared to occur in riparian habitats of Bear Valley, and influenced the distribution and numbers of deer mice. Western jumping mice (Zapus princeps) were captured at relatively low numbers and almost exclusively in continuous willow habitats. Vagrant shrews (Sorex vagrans) were captured on all grids, and population sizes were small. Haying negatively affected survival rates of voles. Biomass, vegetation height, and percent ground cover were the habitat variables most frequently associated with occurrence of montane voles in Bear Valley. The probability of occurrence of this species was positively correlated with these habitat variables. Deer mice probability of occurrence was positively correlated with percent ground cover, plant biomass, and soil moisture. Most deer mice captures occurred in continuous willow habitats, and the number of captures increased with willow basal cover (R²=0.7579, P<0.001). Western jumping mice occurrence was positively correlated with plant biomass and soil moisture, and negatively correlated with distance from willow and percent ground cover. Western jumping mice also were more frequently captured in willow than nonwillow vegetation associations (P=0.054) within continuous willow habitats. Vagrant shrews were positively associated with plant biomass, vegetation height, and soil moisture. Small mammal habitat associations from my study sites in Bear Valley are in agreement with the literature, suggesting relatively consistent patterns in species-habitat associations. Distribution of small mammal species differed among pastures probably as a result of historical management practices. Alterations of riparian zone structure from historical management practices were evident in the study area, including elimination or decreased willow density, channel entrenchment, and invasion of riparian areas by xeric vegetation. Western jumping mice are apparently the most sensitive species in this area, requiring dense willow stands, suggesting that jumping mice could serve as an indicator species for riparian habitat condition. Close

• 40. [Article] Population dynamics of three early seral herb species in Pacific Northwest forests

  I investigated the population dynamics of fireweed (Epilobium angustfolium), foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) , and woodland groundsel (Senecio sylvaticus) to understand their colonization, persistence, and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Population dynamics of three early seral herb species in Pacific Northwest forests Author: Hanson, D. Eric I investigated the population dynamics of fireweed (Epilobium angustfolium), foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) , and woodland groundsel (Senecio sylvaticus) to understand their colonization, persistence, and extirpation in Pacific Northwest Douglas-fir forests. Factors affecting the species' frequency and abundance in forest communities were evaluated. Their population dynamics were modeled and field experiments examined nitrogen fertilization and competition effects on population parameters. Experimental variation made the population models stochastic and sequential transition matrices incorporated the effects of competition into them. Plant community ordination suggested a negative relationship between foxglove and elevation. Indicator species analysis revealed that foxglove is favored by disturbance, i.e., broadcast silvicultural treatments, and by high site productivity, while fireweed responds to low productivity and lack of disturbance. Regression analysis related the species' frequency and cover to factors such as stand age, elevation, and UTM meters east. Simulated woodland groundsel population increased most rapidly. Increased competition tended to reduce its biomass accumulation and seed production per plant but did not affect seeds produced per unit area. Competition also reduced established immature plant survival. Incorporating these factors into the population model, the rate of population growth declined. The projected foxglove population grew at a lower rate than did woodland groundsel but faster than fireweed. Foxglove was adversely affected by competition, which generally reduced its size, biomass, and seed production. Interspecific competition reduced established plant survival, rosette persistence, perenniation, and flowering. Nitrogen fertilization stimulated seed germination, rosette persistence, and flowering but decreased perenniation. Nitrogen fertilization rate did not influence population growth when modeled but application timing did. Nitrogen applied at transplanting resulted in extinction of the population. Transplanting one year after fertilization resulted in constant population growth. Fireweed, with the most complex life cycle, had the lowest population growth rate. Its persistence was entirely due to vegetative reproduction--without it the population would rapidly become extinct. Competition and fertilization had little effect on this species and population projections based on the field experiments indicated constant growth. These results suggest life history and competitive ability regulate succession of pioneer species in Douglas-fir forests and increases population persistence comes at the expense of their growth rate. Title: Population dynamics of three early seral herb species in Pacific Northwest forests Author: Hanson, D. Eric I investigated the population dynamics of fireweed (Epilobium angustfolium), foxglove (Digitalis purpurea) , and woodland groundsel (Senecio sylvaticus) to understand their colonization, persistence, and extirpation in Pacific Northwest Douglas-fir forests. Factors affecting the species' frequency and abundance in forest communities were evaluated. Their population dynamics were modeled and field experiments examined nitrogen fertilization and competition effects on population parameters. Experimental variation made the population models stochastic and sequential transition matrices incorporated the effects of competition into them. Plant community ordination suggested a negative relationship between foxglove and elevation. Indicator species analysis revealed that foxglove is favored by disturbance, i.e., broadcast silvicultural treatments, and by high site productivity, while fireweed responds to low productivity and lack of disturbance. Regression analysis related the species' frequency and cover to factors such as stand age, elevation, and UTM meters east. Simulated woodland groundsel population increased most rapidly. Increased competition tended to reduce its biomass accumulation and seed production per plant but did not affect seeds produced per unit area. Competition also reduced established immature plant survival. Incorporating these factors into the population model, the rate of population growth declined. The projected foxglove population grew at a lower rate than did woodland groundsel but faster than fireweed. Foxglove was adversely affected by competition, which generally reduced its size, biomass, and seed production. Interspecific competition reduced established plant survival, rosette persistence, perenniation, and flowering. Nitrogen fertilization stimulated seed germination, rosette persistence, and flowering but decreased perenniation. Nitrogen fertilization rate did not influence population growth when modeled but application timing did. Nitrogen applied at transplanting resulted in extinction of the population. Transplanting one year after fertilization resulted in constant population growth. Fireweed, with the most complex life cycle, had the lowest population growth rate. Its persistence was entirely due to vegetative reproduction--without it the population would rapidly become extinct. Competition and fertilization had little effect on this species and population projections based on the field experiments indicated constant growth. These results suggest life history and competitive ability regulate succession of pioneer species in Douglas-fir forests and increases population persistence comes at the expense of their growth rate. Close

• 41. [Article] Statistical foraminiferal ecology from seasonal samples, central Oregon continental shelf

  This study examined the foraminifera and the ecologic conditions of the benthic environment of the Oregon shelf and the uppermost slope (75-550 m depth) between 143°45' N and 144°40' N. Seasonal collections monitored ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Statistical foraminiferal ecology from seasonal samples, central Oregon continental shelf Author: Gunther, Fredrick John This study examined the foraminifera and the ecologic conditions of the benthic environment of the Oregon shelf and the uppermost slope (75-550 m depth) between 143°45' N and 144°40' N. Seasonal collections monitored the near-bottom marine environment and the sedimentary substrate at 16 stations. The foraminiferal benthic fauna was examined from eight seasonal stations and two additional stations. Use of a multiple corer provided randomly selected subsarnples of the sediment for ecologic and faunal analyses. Use of water bottles that triggered upon bottom impact provided measurements of the water as close to the bottom as 0. 6 m. Computerized data processing and statistical analyses aided the ecologic and faunal evaluations. The environmental study showed the existence of considerable variation in the hydrography of near-bottom waters, especially between summer and winter (upwelling and non-upwelling) collections at the same station. Upwelling conditions directly affect the benthic Redacted for Privacy environment. In addition, the water at any one place, at least dciring upwelling, was so well mixed that vertical stratification did not exist between 0.6 and 5.0 m off the bottom. Statistically significant sea-. sorial variations in surface sediments at the same station were not observed. The living benthic foraminiferal fauna exhibited considerable within-station variation both in species composition and in specimen size of selected species. The percent abundance of individual dominant species varied in adjacent cores (subsamples) by amounts up to 46%. Living specimens of a single species were found that were three times as large as the smallest living specimen from the same sample, yet there was no evidence of a multimodal size distribution resulting from age classes. The author suggests that the dominant species are aggregated and that the aggregations are colonies of asexually produced siblings. Lack of fit of species-frequency curves to the lognormal distribution indicated that relatively few species are fit to reproduce in a particular environment; most juvenile specimens that enter a particular environment belong to species that will not thrive there and either die or simply maintain growth with little chance of reproductive success. The existence of colonial aggregations of individuals is considered to provide the best explanation of the observed variations between adjacent samples. However, the observed variations could be due to sampling error or to substrate microheterogeneity. A possible natural community of 15 dominant species has been determined for those species that form a consistent part of each other's biologic environment. The community crossed the depth and substrate boundaries upon which the stations were selected and appeared to be a general community for the Oregon outer shelf. The limits of the community appear to be determined mostly by water depth, with approximate boundaries at 75-100 m and somewhere between 200-500 m. Regression analyses to determine the ecologic control on the foraminiferal fauna did not indicate a close correspondence between faunal parameters and environmental variables. Regression analyses to determine the ecologic control on mdividual species indicated that most species depended upon a set of two to four environmental variables rather than upon one single limiting factor. The set for each species was different. Temperature. phosphate concentration and oxygen concentrations were common hydrographic members of sets; percent silt, percent sand, percent clay, organic carbon content and organic nitrogen were common sedimentary members of sets. Title: Statistical foraminiferal ecology from seasonal samples, central Oregon continental shelf Author: Gunther, Fredrick John This study examined the foraminifera and the ecologic conditions of the benthic environment of the Oregon shelf and the uppermost slope (75-550 m depth) between 143°45' N and 144°40' N. Seasonal collections monitored the near-bottom marine environment and the sedimentary substrate at 16 stations. The foraminiferal benthic fauna was examined from eight seasonal stations and two additional stations. Use of a multiple corer provided randomly selected subsarnples of the sediment for ecologic and faunal analyses. Use of water bottles that triggered upon bottom impact provided measurements of the water as close to the bottom as 0. 6 m. Computerized data processing and statistical analyses aided the ecologic and faunal evaluations. The environmental study showed the existence of considerable variation in the hydrography of near-bottom waters, especially between summer and winter (upwelling and non-upwelling) collections at the same station. Upwelling conditions directly affect the benthic Redacted for Privacy environment. In addition, the water at any one place, at least dciring upwelling, was so well mixed that vertical stratification did not exist between 0.6 and 5.0 m off the bottom. Statistically significant sea-. sorial variations in surface sediments at the same station were not observed. The living benthic foraminiferal fauna exhibited considerable within-station variation both in species composition and in specimen size of selected species. The percent abundance of individual dominant species varied in adjacent cores (subsamples) by amounts up to 46%. Living specimens of a single species were found that were three times as large as the smallest living specimen from the same sample, yet there was no evidence of a multimodal size distribution resulting from age classes. The author suggests that the dominant species are aggregated and that the aggregations are colonies of asexually produced siblings. Lack of fit of species-frequency curves to the lognormal distribution indicated that relatively few species are fit to reproduce in a particular environment; most juvenile specimens that enter a particular environment belong to species that will not thrive there and either die or simply maintain growth with little chance of reproductive success. The existence of colonial aggregations of individuals is considered to provide the best explanation of the observed variations between adjacent samples. However, the observed variations could be due to sampling error or to substrate microheterogeneity. A possible natural community of 15 dominant species has been determined for those species that form a consistent part of each other's biologic environment. The community crossed the depth and substrate boundaries upon which the stations were selected and appeared to be a general community for the Oregon outer shelf. The limits of the community appear to be determined mostly by water depth, with approximate boundaries at 75-100 m and somewhere between 200-500 m. Regression analyses to determine the ecologic control on the foraminiferal fauna did not indicate a close correspondence between faunal parameters and environmental variables. Regression analyses to determine the ecologic control on mdividual species indicated that most species depended upon a set of two to four environmental variables rather than upon one single limiting factor. The set for each species was different. Temperature. phosphate concentration and oxygen concentrations were common hydrographic members of sets; percent silt, percent sand, percent clay, organic carbon content and organic nitrogen were common sedimentary members of sets. Close

• 42. [Article] Realized and potential climate responses of lichen and bryophyte communities in a national forest inventory

  Climate and terrestrial vegetation have had mutual feedbacks for nearly five hundred million years, yet both are now departing from recent historical norms, with uncertain implications for forest ecosystems. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Realized and potential climate responses of lichen and bryophyte communities in a national forest inventory Author: Smith, Robert J. Climate and terrestrial vegetation have had mutual feedbacks for nearly five hundred million years, yet both are now departing from recent historical norms, with uncertain implications for forest ecosystems. This dissertation outlines the current and potential future climate responses of lichen and bryophyte communities in the United States as part of a national forest inventory. The first task was to identify influences on carbon and nitrogen storage of moss and lichen “ground layers” in subarctic interior Alaska. Nutrient stores were more sensitive to local vegetation and topography than regional macroclimate. Nutrients and biomass were greatest among apparently less disturbed stands. This suggests that climatic changes could diminish ground layer nutrient storage indirectly if they promote intensifying wildfire regimes or expansions of competitive vascular vegetation. Turning to focus on species diversity, the next task was to quantify the strength of relationship between epiphytic lichen community composition and macroclimate across the 4,000 km-long swath of the U.S. Pacific coastal states. The strongest fitting lichen response gradients involved precipitation, temperature, and a heat-moisture index. Lichen indicator species (diagnostic of ten defined climate zones) emerged as useful monitoring tools because their abundance changes could signal shifting climate zone boundaries. After establishing key present-day climatic relationships, the next task was to pinpoint nationwide locations where epiphytic lichen communities will be most vulnerable to species losses under current and future warming scenarios. Novel niche-based metrics revealed greatest vulnerability among supposedly “warm-adapted” communities in southern/lowland locations, contrary to usual assumptions centering on cooler northern/montane habitats. Vulnerability analyses can steer conservation and monitoring attention to specific locations where warming is most expected to affect ecological communities. The final task, to anticipate how warming will impact individual lichen performance, was addressed by quantifying how experimental climate treatments (whole-ecosystem warming and CO2 additions) affected growth of the boreal epiphytic lichen species Evernia mesomorpha. Over just one year, incremental warming and concurrent drying caused progressive growth declines and biomass losses among individual transplants. Such warming-induced biomass losses of epiphytic lichens could precede local population extinctions and regional range contractions. Overall, this dissertation weaves together multiple lines of evidence from nutrient, diversity and growth responses to indicate the ecological effects of climate and climatic changes on vegetation in a national forest inventory context. This work suggests a pathway for integrating lichen and bryophyte responses into nationwide climate monitoring to address emergent interactions between humans, vegetation, and the global climate commons. Title: Realized and potential climate responses of lichen and bryophyte communities in a national forest inventory Author: Smith, Robert J. Climate and terrestrial vegetation have had mutual feedbacks for nearly five hundred million years, yet both are now departing from recent historical norms, with uncertain implications for forest ecosystems. This dissertation outlines the current and potential future climate responses of lichen and bryophyte communities in the United States as part of a national forest inventory. The first task was to identify influences on carbon and nitrogen storage of moss and lichen “ground layers” in subarctic interior Alaska. Nutrient stores were more sensitive to local vegetation and topography than regional macroclimate. Nutrients and biomass were greatest among apparently less disturbed stands. This suggests that climatic changes could diminish ground layer nutrient storage indirectly if they promote intensifying wildfire regimes or expansions of competitive vascular vegetation. Turning to focus on species diversity, the next task was to quantify the strength of relationship between epiphytic lichen community composition and macroclimate across the 4,000 km-long swath of the U.S. Pacific coastal states. The strongest fitting lichen response gradients involved precipitation, temperature, and a heat-moisture index. Lichen indicator species (diagnostic of ten defined climate zones) emerged as useful monitoring tools because their abundance changes could signal shifting climate zone boundaries. After establishing key present-day climatic relationships, the next task was to pinpoint nationwide locations where epiphytic lichen communities will be most vulnerable to species losses under current and future warming scenarios. Novel niche-based metrics revealed greatest vulnerability among supposedly “warm-adapted” communities in southern/lowland locations, contrary to usual assumptions centering on cooler northern/montane habitats. Vulnerability analyses can steer conservation and monitoring attention to specific locations where warming is most expected to affect ecological communities. The final task, to anticipate how warming will impact individual lichen performance, was addressed by quantifying how experimental climate treatments (whole-ecosystem warming and CO2 additions) affected growth of the boreal epiphytic lichen species Evernia mesomorpha. Over just one year, incremental warming and concurrent drying caused progressive growth declines and biomass losses among individual transplants. Such warming-induced biomass losses of epiphytic lichens could precede local population extinctions and regional range contractions. Overall, this dissertation weaves together multiple lines of evidence from nutrient, diversity and growth responses to indicate the ecological effects of climate and climatic changes on vegetation in a national forest inventory context. This work suggests a pathway for integrating lichen and bryophyte responses into nationwide climate monitoring to address emergent interactions between humans, vegetation, and the global climate commons. Close

• 43. [Article] Spatial and Temporal Variability of Contaminants Within Estuarine Sediments and Native Olympia Oysters: A Contrast Between a Developed and an Undeveloped Estuary

  Chemical contaminants can be introduced into estuarine and marine ecosystems from a variety of sources including wastewater, agriculture and forestry practices, point and non-point discharges, runoff from ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Spatial and Temporal Variability of Contaminants Within Estuarine Sediments and Native Olympia Oysters: A Contrast Between a Developed and an Undeveloped Estuary Author: Granek, Elise F., Conn, Katherine E., Nilsen, Elena B., Pillsbury, Lori, Strecker, Angela L., Rumrill, Steven S., Fish, William Year: 2016 Chemical contaminants can be introduced into estuarine and marine ecosystems from a variety of sources including wastewater, agriculture and forestry practices, point and non-point discharges, runoff from industrial, municipal, and urban lands, accidental spills, and atmospheric deposition. The diversity of potential sources contributes to the likelihood of contaminated marine waters and sediments and increases the probability of uptake by marine organisms. Despite widespread recognition of direct and indirect pathways for contaminant deposition and organismal exposure in coastal systems, spatial and temporal variability in contaminant composition, deposition, and uptake patterns are still poorly known. We investigated these patterns for a suite of persistent legacy contaminants including polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) and chemicals of emerging concern including pharmaceuticals within two Oregon coastal estuaries (Coos and Netarts Bays). In the more urbanized Coos Bay, native Olympia oyster (Ostrea lurida) tissue had approximately twice the number of PCB congeners at over seven times the total concentration, yet fewer PBDEs at one-tenth the concentration as compared to the more rural Netarts Bay. Different pharmaceutical suites were detected during each sampling season. Variability in contaminant types and concentrations across seasons and between species and media (organisms versus sediment) indicates the limitation of using indicator species and/or sampling annually to determine contaminant loads at a site or for specific species. The results indicate the prevalence of legacy contaminants and CECs in relatively undeveloped coastal environments highlighting the need to improve policy and management actions to reduce contaminant releases into estuarine and marine waters and to deal with legacy compounds that remain long after prohibition of use. Our results point to the need for better understanding of the ecological and human health risks of exposure to the diverse cocktail of pollutants and harmful compounds that will continue to leach from estuarine sediments over time. Title: Spatial and Temporal Variability of Contaminants Within Estuarine Sediments and Native Olympia Oysters: A Contrast Between a Developed and an Undeveloped Estuary Author: Granek, Elise F., Conn, Katherine E., Nilsen, Elena B., Pillsbury, Lori, Strecker, Angela L., Rumrill, Steven S., Fish, William Year: 2016 Chemical contaminants can be introduced into estuarine and marine ecosystems from a variety of sources including wastewater, agriculture and forestry practices, point and non-point discharges, runoff from industrial, municipal, and urban lands, accidental spills, and atmospheric deposition. The diversity of potential sources contributes to the likelihood of contaminated marine waters and sediments and increases the probability of uptake by marine organisms. Despite widespread recognition of direct and indirect pathways for contaminant deposition and organismal exposure in coastal systems, spatial and temporal variability in contaminant composition, deposition, and uptake patterns are still poorly known. We investigated these patterns for a suite of persistent legacy contaminants including polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) and chemicals of emerging concern including pharmaceuticals within two Oregon coastal estuaries (Coos and Netarts Bays). In the more urbanized Coos Bay, native Olympia oyster (Ostrea lurida) tissue had approximately twice the number of PCB congeners at over seven times the total concentration, yet fewer PBDEs at one-tenth the concentration as compared to the more rural Netarts Bay. Different pharmaceutical suites were detected during each sampling season. Variability in contaminant types and concentrations across seasons and between species and media (organisms versus sediment) indicates the limitation of using indicator species and/or sampling annually to determine contaminant loads at a site or for specific species. The results indicate the prevalence of legacy contaminants and CECs in relatively undeveloped coastal environments highlighting the need to improve policy and management actions to reduce contaminant releases into estuarine and marine waters and to deal with legacy compounds that remain long after prohibition of use. Our results point to the need for better understanding of the ecological and human health risks of exposure to the diverse cocktail of pollutants and harmful compounds that will continue to leach from estuarine sediments over time. Close

• 44. [Article] Distribution, structure, and function of marine ecological communities in the northern California Current upwelling ecosystem

  Within systems characterized by substantial spatial and temporal variability, abundances of organisms tend to be higher in localized areas. Within the northern California Current system, the identification ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Distribution, structure, and function of marine ecological communities in the northern California Current upwelling ecosystem Author: Reese, Douglas Charles Within systems characterized by substantial spatial and temporal variability, abundances of organisms tend to be higher in localized areas. Within the northern California Current system, the identification of such marine, biological hotspots would be of great importance to resource managers, conservationists, and research planners, and is consequently a growing area of research. Furthermore, in order to understand how ecosystems function and persist, it is necessary to know how ecological communities are distributed. The overall goal of this study is to provide further understanding regarding the functioning of marine ecosystems in such highly variable environments and to provide information about the distribution and structure of marine communities. Sampling was conducted during June and August of 2000 and 2002 as part of the U.S. GLOBEC mesoscale surveys from Newport, Oregon in the north to Crescent City, California in the south. A geostatistical approach was used to create surfaces used in a GIS to determine the distribution of various community characteristics. Two biological hotspots were identified and determined to persist in space and time, yet differed with respect to biological and physical features and in the amount of area covered. Various community analyses, including nonmetric multidimensional scaling, indicator species analysis, and cluster analysis were used to determine various community properties associated with the hotspots and non-hotspot regions. Results indicate that nekton biological hotspots in the northern California Current persist across differing environmental and biological conditions, although upwelling-based hotspots may be more susceptible to climatic conditions than retention-based hotspots. Analyses of the distribution of the functional groups within the region indicate that the predominant biological activity is spatially nonrandom and occurs within persistent, localized areas. Analyses of species associations suggest a moderate degree of redundancy. The presence of such complementary species within functional groups may confer the stability observed within these systems. The finding that large regional areas are composed of smaller, localized hotspots where a predominant amount of biological activity is occurring, suggests that the evaluation of large marine ecosystems may lead to erroneous or misleading results if they do not consider the more persistent, localized biological hotspots. Title: Distribution, structure, and function of marine ecological communities in the northern California Current upwelling ecosystem Author: Reese, Douglas Charles Within systems characterized by substantial spatial and temporal variability, abundances of organisms tend to be higher in localized areas. Within the northern California Current system, the identification of such marine, biological hotspots would be of great importance to resource managers, conservationists, and research planners, and is consequently a growing area of research. Furthermore, in order to understand how ecosystems function and persist, it is necessary to know how ecological communities are distributed. The overall goal of this study is to provide further understanding regarding the functioning of marine ecosystems in such highly variable environments and to provide information about the distribution and structure of marine communities. Sampling was conducted during June and August of 2000 and 2002 as part of the U.S. GLOBEC mesoscale surveys from Newport, Oregon in the north to Crescent City, California in the south. A geostatistical approach was used to create surfaces used in a GIS to determine the distribution of various community characteristics. Two biological hotspots were identified and determined to persist in space and time, yet differed with respect to biological and physical features and in the amount of area covered. Various community analyses, including nonmetric multidimensional scaling, indicator species analysis, and cluster analysis were used to determine various community properties associated with the hotspots and non-hotspot regions. Results indicate that nekton biological hotspots in the northern California Current persist across differing environmental and biological conditions, although upwelling-based hotspots may be more susceptible to climatic conditions than retention-based hotspots. Analyses of the distribution of the functional groups within the region indicate that the predominant biological activity is spatially nonrandom and occurs within persistent, localized areas. Analyses of species associations suggest a moderate degree of redundancy. The presence of such complementary species within functional groups may confer the stability observed within these systems. The finding that large regional areas are composed of smaller, localized hotspots where a predominant amount of biological activity is occurring, suggests that the evaluation of large marine ecosystems may lead to erroneous or misleading results if they do not consider the more persistent, localized biological hotspots. Close

• 45. [Article] Evaluating benthic macroinvertebrates as bio-indicators of freshwater habitat quality in an eastern Oregon agro-ecosystem

  The effect of anthropogenic disturbance on river systems is gaining attention, and concerns about the state of freshwater natural resources are increasing globally, as are efforts to restore habitat that ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Evaluating benthic macroinvertebrates as bio-indicators of freshwater habitat quality in an eastern Oregon agro-ecosystem Author: Scherr, Melissa A. The effect of anthropogenic disturbance on river systems is gaining attention, and concerns about the state of freshwater natural resources are increasing globally, as are efforts to restore habitat that has been degraded by disturbance. In rivers, non-point source pollution affects the physical characteristics of the habitat and the endemic biotic assemblages. Aquatic macroinvertebrates are numerous and exhibit graded responses to various types of disturbance in the river, and may be used as indicators of habitat conditions. In this dissertation, macroinvertebrates were examined as bioindicators in the Umatilla River in eastern Oregon. The first study is a bioassessment of the impacts of agriculture on the benthic macroinvertebrate community in adjacent streams. The results of this study show that there are physical differences in habitat associated with adjacent land use, and the macroinvertebrate communities responded to these differences with changes in taxa richness and evenness. Indicator species analysis identified thirteen taxa which were indicative of habitat conditions associated with ideal habitat used as a reference condition, degraded habitat associated with agricultural land use, and transitional habitat associated with conservation/restoration management. The second study is a laboratory study in which the effects of temperature of a common mayfly nymph, Epeorus albertae (McDunnough) (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae) were evaluated. The study showed that not only the developmental rate of the nymphs was affected by temperature treatment (within a range of 18°C and 28°C), but the location of accumulated body tissues over time varied by temperature, with significant difference in the type of growth observed for insects held at the highest temperature. The third study examined the response of six indicator taxa to environmental variables as predictors of abundance in a non-parametric multiplicative regression. This study found that for all taxa examined, the two best predictors of abundance in the Umatilla River were turbidity and conductivity. Increased turbidity and conductivity are common effects of intensive agriculture in streams located in agro-ecosystems, but may potentially be mitigated by vegetative buffer strips and sustainable land use practices. Long term agricultural disturbance in the landscape has been shown to have lasting effects in the ecosystem which may be further exacerbated as global climate change increases dependence on freshwater resources. Understanding anthropogenic impacts on organismal communities and natural resources is vital to establishment of effective conservation, restoration, and maintenance of a healthy ecosystem. Title: Evaluating benthic macroinvertebrates as bio-indicators of freshwater habitat quality in an eastern Oregon agro-ecosystem Author: Scherr, Melissa A. The effect of anthropogenic disturbance on river systems is gaining attention, and concerns about the state of freshwater natural resources are increasing globally, as are efforts to restore habitat that has been degraded by disturbance. In rivers, non-point source pollution affects the physical characteristics of the habitat and the endemic biotic assemblages. Aquatic macroinvertebrates are numerous and exhibit graded responses to various types of disturbance in the river, and may be used as indicators of habitat conditions. In this dissertation, macroinvertebrates were examined as bioindicators in the Umatilla River in eastern Oregon. The first study is a bioassessment of the impacts of agriculture on the benthic macroinvertebrate community in adjacent streams. The results of this study show that there are physical differences in habitat associated with adjacent land use, and the macroinvertebrate communities responded to these differences with changes in taxa richness and evenness. Indicator species analysis identified thirteen taxa which were indicative of habitat conditions associated with ideal habitat used as a reference condition, degraded habitat associated with agricultural land use, and transitional habitat associated with conservation/restoration management. The second study is a laboratory study in which the effects of temperature of a common mayfly nymph, Epeorus albertae (McDunnough) (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae) were evaluated. The study showed that not only the developmental rate of the nymphs was affected by temperature treatment (within a range of 18°C and 28°C), but the location of accumulated body tissues over time varied by temperature, with significant difference in the type of growth observed for insects held at the highest temperature. The third study examined the response of six indicator taxa to environmental variables as predictors of abundance in a non-parametric multiplicative regression. This study found that for all taxa examined, the two best predictors of abundance in the Umatilla River were turbidity and conductivity. Increased turbidity and conductivity are common effects of intensive agriculture in streams located in agro-ecosystems, but may potentially be mitigated by vegetative buffer strips and sustainable land use practices. Long term agricultural disturbance in the landscape has been shown to have lasting effects in the ecosystem which may be further exacerbated as global climate change increases dependence on freshwater resources. Understanding anthropogenic impacts on organismal communities and natural resources is vital to establishment of effective conservation, restoration, and maintenance of a healthy ecosystem. Close

• 46. [Article] How Much Groundwater does a Wetland Need? Setting Ecological Water Requirements for Groundwater-Dependent Ecosystems

  Presented at The Oregon Water Conference, May 24-25, 2011, Corvallis, OR.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: How Much Groundwater does a Wetland Need? Setting Ecological Water Requirements for Groundwater-Dependent Ecosystems Author: Carroll, Trish, Congdon, Roger, Aldous, Allison, Bach, Leslie, Gurrieri, Joe Year: 2011 Presented at The Oregon Water Conference, May 24-25, 2011, Corvallis, OR. Title: How Much Groundwater does a Wetland Need? Setting Ecological Water Requirements for Groundwater-Dependent Ecosystems Author: Carroll, Trish, Congdon, Roger, Aldous, Allison, Bach, Leslie, Gurrieri, Joe Year: 2011 Presented at The Oregon Water Conference, May 24-25, 2011, Corvallis, OR. Close

• 47. [Article] Headwater stream macroinvertebrates of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Oregon

  Recent studies of headwater streams have demonstrated their importance to overall watershed biodiversity, nutrient cycling, and energy flux. However, little attention has been paid to long-term effects ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Headwater stream macroinvertebrates of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Oregon Author: Frady, Charles H. Recent studies of headwater streams have demonstrated their importance to overall watershed biodiversity, nutrient cycling, and energy flux. However, little attention has been paid to long-term effects of forest harvest on macroinvertebrate communities in headwater streams. This study investigated headwater stream macroinvertebrate communities in the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Oregon, U.S.A and used a paired-stream study design to examine the effect of prior forest harvest on stream macroinvertebrates. Concomitantly, this study examined how macroinvertebrate life-history traits were related to stream size, substrates, discharge, or water temperature. Results from this study suggest that neither richness nor densities differed between streams flowing through young growth versus old growth forests. Despite similarities among these metrics, multivariate ordination techniques helped elucidate differences in benthic community composition between paired streams when red alder was present in riparian zones of previously harvested basins. Indicator Species Analysis of community composition and abundance revealed that no taxa were exclusively indicative of either forest type. Macroinvertebrate life-history traits among headwater streams were related to stream size, stream substrates, or stream discharge. As predicted, macroinvertebrates that ingest leaf litter (shredders) decreased proportionally with increasing stream width, while macroinvertebrates that scrape off algae and biofilms from instream substrates (scrapers) increased with increasing stream width. Differences in macroinvertebrate habit-trait groups were related to differences in stream substrates or stream discharge between very small headwater streams (< 20ha basin area) and larger headwater streams (50-100ha basin size). Seasonal variation in stream discharge also influenced macroinvertebrate communities. Patterns in adult insect emergence in these streams displayed pulses of activity that varied among streams. During summer 2003, total emergence was greatest in one high elevation stream in this study. During spring 2004, total emergence began earlier in one low elevation and one mid elevation stream, but linkages with stream water temperature were tenuous; cumulative emergence remained higher in these streams than all others through early summer 2004. Though forest harvest often has immediate effects on macroinvertebrate communities, shifts in community composition may persist long-term if regrowth of riparian vegetation includes red alder (Alnus rubra). Analyses of macroinvertebrate life-history traits provided insight regarding species adaptations to environmental conditions. Among six headwater streams within a relatively small landscape (6400ha), proportions of stream macroinvertebrate communities with specific traits differed among streams relative to variability in physical stream attributes. Title: Headwater stream macroinvertebrates of the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Oregon Author: Frady, Charles H. Recent studies of headwater streams have demonstrated their importance to overall watershed biodiversity, nutrient cycling, and energy flux. However, little attention has been paid to long-term effects of forest harvest on macroinvertebrate communities in headwater streams. This study investigated headwater stream macroinvertebrate communities in the H.J. Andrews Experimental Forest, Oregon, U.S.A and used a paired-stream study design to examine the effect of prior forest harvest on stream macroinvertebrates. Concomitantly, this study examined how macroinvertebrate life-history traits were related to stream size, substrates, discharge, or water temperature. Results from this study suggest that neither richness nor densities differed between streams flowing through young growth versus old growth forests. Despite similarities among these metrics, multivariate ordination techniques helped elucidate differences in benthic community composition between paired streams when red alder was present in riparian zones of previously harvested basins. Indicator Species Analysis of community composition and abundance revealed that no taxa were exclusively indicative of either forest type. Macroinvertebrate life-history traits among headwater streams were related to stream size, stream substrates, or stream discharge. As predicted, macroinvertebrates that ingest leaf litter (shredders) decreased proportionally with increasing stream width, while macroinvertebrates that scrape off algae and biofilms from instream substrates (scrapers) increased with increasing stream width. Differences in macroinvertebrate habit-trait groups were related to differences in stream substrates or stream discharge between very small headwater streams (< 20ha basin area) and larger headwater streams (50-100ha basin size). Seasonal variation in stream discharge also influenced macroinvertebrate communities. Patterns in adult insect emergence in these streams displayed pulses of activity that varied among streams. During summer 2003, total emergence was greatest in one high elevation stream in this study. During spring 2004, total emergence began earlier in one low elevation and one mid elevation stream, but linkages with stream water temperature were tenuous; cumulative emergence remained higher in these streams than all others through early summer 2004. Though forest harvest often has immediate effects on macroinvertebrate communities, shifts in community composition may persist long-term if regrowth of riparian vegetation includes red alder (Alnus rubra). Analyses of macroinvertebrate life-history traits provided insight regarding species adaptations to environmental conditions. Among six headwater streams within a relatively small landscape (6400ha), proportions of stream macroinvertebrate communities with specific traits differed among streams relative to variability in physical stream attributes. Close

• 48. [Article] The effect of broadcast burning on the quality of winter forage for elk, westen Oregon

  The Roosevelt elk (Cervus elephus roosevelti) is a National Forest management indicator species on the westside of the Cascade mountains, Western Oregon. A Habitat Effectiveness model is used by State ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The effect of broadcast burning on the quality of winter forage for elk, westen Oregon Author: Friesen, Cheryl Ann The Roosevelt elk (Cervus elephus roosevelti) is a National Forest management indicator species on the westside of the Cascade mountains, Western Oregon. A Habitat Effectiveness model is used by State and Federal agencies to evaluate elk habitat in the region. Concerns about the model's lack of differentiation between winter and summer ranges in the analyses and assumptions that burning will increase forage quality on winter range prompted this study. I investigated the effect of broadcast burning, plant association, and time since disturbance on the quality of trailing blackberry (Rubus ulna), red huckleberry (Vaccinium parviflorum), willow (Salix spp.), vine maple (Acer circinatum), salal (Gaultheria shallon), and red elderberry (Sambucus racemosa). Crude protein, neutral detergent fiber, acid detergent fiber, acid insoluble ash, lignin, astringency, condensed tannin, and hydrolyzable tannin contents were measured. No significant effects of burning, plant association, or age were observed for crude protein, hydrolyzable tannins, or neutral detergent fiber. Crude protein varied among taxa: trailing blackberry contained 9.65%, and the other taxa ranged from 5.21-7.24%. Neutral detergent fiber was highly variable: trailing blackberry contained 30.90%, and the other taxa ranged from 52.20%-65.06%. Acid detergent fiber content ranged from 44.88%-49.49% for all taxa except trailing blackberry (17.78%). Lignin varied among taxa: trailing blackberry had the lowest content (6.37%) and salal had the highest (30.25%). Lignin content in salal was greater on recently disturbed sites. Astringency ranged from 0.0015 mg protein precipitated per mg plant tissue in vine maple to 0.6737 in trailing blackberry. Salal and willow had intermediate astringencies: elderberry, huckleberry, and vine maple had the lowest. Hydrolyzable tannins were present in all species except red elderberry. Burning and plant association effected astringency and condensed tannin content in trailing blackberry and huckleberry. Samples from burned, very dry and resource-poor sites had higher astringencies than on similar unburned units and non-resource-limiting sites. Condensed tannin contents increased with unit age in salal, huckleberry, and trailing blackberry, possibly accumulating during peak years of re-establishment after disturbance. Vine maple and red huckleberry were the only taxa with positive digestible protein levels. Digestible protein content may be higher in winter forage on less severe sites. Elk forage enhancement in winter range should be evaluated on a site-specific basis. Burning did not promote a detectable increase in quality for these forage taxa, and it decreased the quality of species sensitive to site conditions. Title: The effect of broadcast burning on the quality of winter forage for elk, westen Oregon Author: Friesen, Cheryl Ann The Roosevelt elk (Cervus elephus roosevelti) is a National Forest management indicator species on the westside of the Cascade mountains, Western Oregon. A Habitat Effectiveness model is used by State and Federal agencies to evaluate elk habitat in the region. Concerns about the model's lack of differentiation between winter and summer ranges in the analyses and assumptions that burning will increase forage quality on winter range prompted this study. I investigated the effect of broadcast burning, plant association, and time since disturbance on the quality of trailing blackberry (Rubus ulna), red huckleberry (Vaccinium parviflorum), willow (Salix spp.), vine maple (Acer circinatum), salal (Gaultheria shallon), and red elderberry (Sambucus racemosa). Crude protein, neutral detergent fiber, acid detergent fiber, acid insoluble ash, lignin, astringency, condensed tannin, and hydrolyzable tannin contents were measured. No significant effects of burning, plant association, or age were observed for crude protein, hydrolyzable tannins, or neutral detergent fiber. Crude protein varied among taxa: trailing blackberry contained 9.65%, and the other taxa ranged from 5.21-7.24%. Neutral detergent fiber was highly variable: trailing blackberry contained 30.90%, and the other taxa ranged from 52.20%-65.06%. Acid detergent fiber content ranged from 44.88%-49.49% for all taxa except trailing blackberry (17.78%). Lignin varied among taxa: trailing blackberry had the lowest content (6.37%) and salal had the highest (30.25%). Lignin content in salal was greater on recently disturbed sites. Astringency ranged from 0.0015 mg protein precipitated per mg plant tissue in vine maple to 0.6737 in trailing blackberry. Salal and willow had intermediate astringencies: elderberry, huckleberry, and vine maple had the lowest. Hydrolyzable tannins were present in all species except red elderberry. Burning and plant association effected astringency and condensed tannin content in trailing blackberry and huckleberry. Samples from burned, very dry and resource-poor sites had higher astringencies than on similar unburned units and non-resource-limiting sites. Condensed tannin contents increased with unit age in salal, huckleberry, and trailing blackberry, possibly accumulating during peak years of re-establishment after disturbance. Vine maple and red huckleberry were the only taxa with positive digestible protein levels. Digestible protein content may be higher in winter forage on less severe sites. Elk forage enhancement in winter range should be evaluated on a site-specific basis. Burning did not promote a detectable increase in quality for these forage taxa, and it decreased the quality of species sensitive to site conditions. Close

• 49. [Article] Persistence and accumulation of clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) in soil

  Field studies were started at Hyslop Farm, Corvallis, Oregon in 1984 to determine the soil persistence of the herbicide clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) under cropping situations. The herbicide ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Persistence and accumulation of clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) in soil Author: Tanphiphat, Karin Field studies were started at Hyslop Farm, Corvallis, Oregon in 1984 to determine the soil persistence of the herbicide clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) under cropping situations. The herbicide was sprayed on bare soil at the proposed use rate of 0.14 kg/ha in the spring and on the same plots at a high rate of 0.56 kg/ha in the summer. Winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L. 'Stephen') was seeded in the same fall. Treated plots did not yield differently than untreated plots. Safflower (Carthamus tinctorius L.), a crop known to be sensitive to clopyralid, was planted in the spring of 1985 to the area treated with clopyralid in 1984. Safflower grew normally and fresh weights were not reduced. Greenhouse bioassays were conducted on soil samples collected from two separate sets of plots treated with clopyralid in the fall of 1984 or the spring of 1985. The application rates were 0.56 and 1.12 kg/ha. Lentil (Lentilla lens L.), safflower, and peas (Pisum sativum L.) were used as indicator plants. From the plots sprayed in the fall, soil samples were collected at 0, 14, 34, 54, 114, 220, and 287 days after treatment. Clopyralid disappeared faster in the second depth (10 to 20 cm depth) than in the first depth (0 to 10 cm depth). No herbicide was detected in the second depth 220 days after treatment but in the first depth there was sufficient herbicide to cause growth reduction in all of the indicator species. In soil sampled 287 days after applying either 0.56 or 1.12 kg/ha, enough herbicide remained in the first depth to produce slight symptoms on lentil. No herbicide injury was observed on peas or safflower. From plots sprayed in the spring, soil samples were collected 0, 14, 28, and 56 days after treatment. In the spring, clopyralid dissipated more slowly than in the fall, based on the observation that the indicator plants were more severely injured when grown in soil samples collected following the spring application than they were following the fall application. Adding 2,4-D did not affect clopyralid persistence. Clopyralid and XRM-3785 (clopyralid + 2,4-dichlorophenoxy acetic acid) at the same dosage of clopyralid disappeared from the soil at approximately the same time. Title: Persistence and accumulation of clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) in soil Author: Tanphiphat, Karin Field studies were started at Hyslop Farm, Corvallis, Oregon in 1984 to determine the soil persistence of the herbicide clopyralid (3,6-dichloropicolinic acid) under cropping situations. The herbicide was sprayed on bare soil at the proposed use rate of 0.14 kg/ha in the spring and on the same plots at a high rate of 0.56 kg/ha in the summer. Winter wheat (Triticum aestivum L. 'Stephen') was seeded in the same fall. Treated plots did not yield differently than untreated plots. Safflower (Carthamus tinctorius L.), a crop known to be sensitive to clopyralid, was planted in the spring of 1985 to the area treated with clopyralid in 1984. Safflower grew normally and fresh weights were not reduced. Greenhouse bioassays were conducted on soil samples collected from two separate sets of plots treated with clopyralid in the fall of 1984 or the spring of 1985. The application rates were 0.56 and 1.12 kg/ha. Lentil (Lentilla lens L.), safflower, and peas (Pisum sativum L.) were used as indicator plants. From the plots sprayed in the fall, soil samples were collected at 0, 14, 34, 54, 114, 220, and 287 days after treatment. Clopyralid disappeared faster in the second depth (10 to 20 cm depth) than in the first depth (0 to 10 cm depth). No herbicide was detected in the second depth 220 days after treatment but in the first depth there was sufficient herbicide to cause growth reduction in all of the indicator species. In soil sampled 287 days after applying either 0.56 or 1.12 kg/ha, enough herbicide remained in the first depth to produce slight symptoms on lentil. No herbicide injury was observed on peas or safflower. From plots sprayed in the spring, soil samples were collected 0, 14, 28, and 56 days after treatment. In the spring, clopyralid dissipated more slowly than in the fall, based on the observation that the indicator plants were more severely injured when grown in soil samples collected following the spring application than they were following the fall application. Adding 2,4-D did not affect clopyralid persistence. Clopyralid and XRM-3785 (clopyralid + 2,4-dichlorophenoxy acetic acid) at the same dosage of clopyralid disappeared from the soil at approximately the same time. Close

• 50. [Article] The land-water interface : patterns of riparian vegetation and channel morphology in the Oregon Coast Range system

  This study was conducted to describe variation of riparian vegetation in an Oregon Coast Range system according to geomorphic characteristics and in relation to streamflow. Specific objectives of this ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The land-water interface : patterns of riparian vegetation and channel morphology in the Oregon Coast Range system Author: Takahashi, Mayumi This study was conducted to describe variation of riparian vegetation in an Oregon Coast Range system according to geomorphic characteristics and in relation to streamflow. Specific objectives of this study were to: I) examine if the vegetation composition and structure of the riparian forest varied among channel-reach morphologies, 2) examine how the composition and structure of the riparian forest changed with distance from the stream, and 3) extract major underlying environmental gradients explaining riparian forest community from riparian vegetation data. A 30 m x 30 m sample site was randomly located on each side of upper Camp Creek in each of 19 reaches, and within each site three consecutive 30 m x 10 m belt-transects established perpendicular to the stream flow. Overstory and understory vegetation was sampled in each belt transect. Environmental variables sampled included slope, aspect, height above summer low flow, elevation above sea level. Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling and Indicator Species Analysis was used to describe characteristics of riparian plant communities. Distinct riparian vegetation patterns were observed in upper Camp Creek with increasing distance from stream. Both overstory and understory vegetation quickly changed with increasing distance from stream. Areas within ten meters from stream were characterized as mesic riparian environments while areas twenty meters away from stream were characterized as upland conifer forest environments. Vegetation composition was ordered along an inferred moisture gradient from streamside to hillslope, and distance from stream and height above summer low flow were almost equally correlated to the gradient. Tall shrubs including salmonberry, sword fern and vine maple are important component of riparian vegetation. Channel-reach morphology little differentiated riparian vegetation. A few species were significantly abundant in a specific reach of channel morphology. However, results of this study about relationships between channel-reach morphology and riparian vegetation were inconclusive. Title: The land-water interface : patterns of riparian vegetation and channel morphology in the Oregon Coast Range system Author: Takahashi, Mayumi This study was conducted to describe variation of riparian vegetation in an Oregon Coast Range system according to geomorphic characteristics and in relation to streamflow. Specific objectives of this study were to: I) examine if the vegetation composition and structure of the riparian forest varied among channel-reach morphologies, 2) examine how the composition and structure of the riparian forest changed with distance from the stream, and 3) extract major underlying environmental gradients explaining riparian forest community from riparian vegetation data. A 30 m x 30 m sample site was randomly located on each side of upper Camp Creek in each of 19 reaches, and within each site three consecutive 30 m x 10 m belt-transects established perpendicular to the stream flow. Overstory and understory vegetation was sampled in each belt transect. Environmental variables sampled included slope, aspect, height above summer low flow, elevation above sea level. Non-metric Multidimensional Scaling and Indicator Species Analysis was used to describe characteristics of riparian plant communities. Distinct riparian vegetation patterns were observed in upper Camp Creek with increasing distance from stream. Both overstory and understory vegetation quickly changed with increasing distance from stream. Areas within ten meters from stream were characterized as mesic riparian environments while areas twenty meters away from stream were characterized as upland conifer forest environments. Vegetation composition was ordered along an inferred moisture gradient from streamside to hillslope, and distance from stream and height above summer low flow were almost equally correlated to the gradient. Tall shrubs including salmonberry, sword fern and vine maple are important component of riparian vegetation. Channel-reach morphology little differentiated riparian vegetation. A few species were significantly abundant in a specific reach of channel morphology. However, results of this study about relationships between channel-reach morphology and riparian vegetation were inconclusive. Close

• 51. [Article] Home range and habitat use of pileated woodpeckers, western Oregon

  Home range and habitat use by pileated woodpeckers (Dryocopus pileatus) were studied in the Coast Ranges of western Oregon. Radio-telemetry was used to determine home ranges of 11 woodpeckers and habitat ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Home range and habitat use of pileated woodpeckers, western Oregon Author: Mellen, Teresa Kim Home range and habitat use by pileated woodpeckers (Dryocopus pileatus) were studied in the Coast Ranges of western Oregon. Radio-telemetry was used to determine home ranges of 11 woodpeckers and habitat use of 14 woodpeckers after young had fledged during summers from 1982 to 1985. Home range size for individual bird averaged 480 ha; home ranges for pairs of birds were larger. Home ranges were larger than those reported in other studies. The larger home range sizes effectively reduce minimum snag densities calculated with formulas based on densities of birds. There was some overlap (11-160 ha) between adjacent home ranges. Pileated woodpeckers preferred forest habitat classes older than 40 years of age and deciduous riparian habitats for foraging and other diurnal activities. Nesting and roosting occurred in forest stands older than 70 years of age. The amount of foraging habitat within the home ranges averaged 306 ha; the amount of nesting and roosting habitat averaged 200 ha. Because pileated woodpeckers use immature forest stands for foraging they may not be a good "indicator" species for mature forest habitats. Characteristics of 15 nest and 13 roost trees (live and dead) and sites were measured from 1983 to 1986; characteristics were compared to those from other studies. Mean dbh differed significantly (P<0.05) between nest trees (68.9 cm) and roost trees (118.2cm). Trees used for nesting and roosting were taller than 11.5 m. A typical nest or roost tree had a broken top and retained most of the bark. Forest characteristics within a 0.3 ha circular plot at nest and roost sites were highly variable between sites. Discriminant analysis did not reveal a significant (P<0.05) difference between nest and roost sites found within 70- to 100-year-old stands and 100- to 200-year old stands. Mean dbh of nest trees was smaller, mean height of nest trees (26.5 m) was intermediate, and mean height of nest cavities (20 m) was higher than those reported from most other studies. Measured forest characteristics at nest sites were very different between studies because of differences in forests in terms of species composition, site productivity, climate and amount of disturbance. Findings were consistent with a previously recommended "minimum" dbh for pileated woodpecker nest trees of 63.5 cm (with bark). However, provision of nest trees with average characteristics would enhance management schemes which are directed toward minumum population numbers and a minimum amount of reserved habitat. Title: Home range and habitat use of pileated woodpeckers, western Oregon Author: Mellen, Teresa Kim Home range and habitat use by pileated woodpeckers (Dryocopus pileatus) were studied in the Coast Ranges of western Oregon. Radio-telemetry was used to determine home ranges of 11 woodpeckers and habitat use of 14 woodpeckers after young had fledged during summers from 1982 to 1985. Home range size for individual bird averaged 480 ha; home ranges for pairs of birds were larger. Home ranges were larger than those reported in other studies. The larger home range sizes effectively reduce minimum snag densities calculated with formulas based on densities of birds. There was some overlap (11-160 ha) between adjacent home ranges. Pileated woodpeckers preferred forest habitat classes older than 40 years of age and deciduous riparian habitats for foraging and other diurnal activities. Nesting and roosting occurred in forest stands older than 70 years of age. The amount of foraging habitat within the home ranges averaged 306 ha; the amount of nesting and roosting habitat averaged 200 ha. Because pileated woodpeckers use immature forest stands for foraging they may not be a good "indicator" species for mature forest habitats. Characteristics of 15 nest and 13 roost trees (live and dead) and sites were measured from 1983 to 1986; characteristics were compared to those from other studies. Mean dbh differed significantly (P<0.05) between nest trees (68.9 cm) and roost trees (118.2cm). Trees used for nesting and roosting were taller than 11.5 m. A typical nest or roost tree had a broken top and retained most of the bark. Forest characteristics within a 0.3 ha circular plot at nest and roost sites were highly variable between sites. Discriminant analysis did not reveal a significant (P<0.05) difference between nest and roost sites found within 70- to 100-year-old stands and 100- to 200-year old stands. Mean dbh of nest trees was smaller, mean height of nest trees (26.5 m) was intermediate, and mean height of nest cavities (20 m) was higher than those reported from most other studies. Measured forest characteristics at nest sites were very different between studies because of differences in forests in terms of species composition, site productivity, climate and amount of disturbance. Findings were consistent with a previously recommended "minimum" dbh for pileated woodpecker nest trees of 63.5 cm (with bark). However, provision of nest trees with average characteristics would enhance management schemes which are directed toward minumum population numbers and a minimum amount of reserved habitat. Close

• 52. [Article] Summer-time use of west coast US National Marine Sanctuaries by migrating sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus)

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Summer-time use of west coast US National Marine Sanctuaries by migrating sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus) Author: MacLeod, Catriona, Suryan, Robert M., Harvey, James T., Hyrenbach, K. David, Adams, Josh To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.elsevier.com/. Title: Summer-time use of west coast US National Marine Sanctuaries by migrating sooty shearwaters (Puffinus griseus) Author: MacLeod, Catriona, Suryan, Robert M., Harvey, James T., Hyrenbach, K. David, Adams, Josh To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.elsevier.com/. Close

• 53. [Article] Effects of grass seed agriculture on aquatic invertebrate communities in seasonal wetlands of the southern Willamette Valley, Oregon

  An estimated 99% of native wet prairie has been lost in the Willamette Valley, Oregon, but a large number of seasonal wetlands remain on private lands dedicated to grass seed production within the historical ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of grass seed agriculture on aquatic invertebrate communities in seasonal wetlands of the southern Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Wyss, Lance A. An estimated 99% of native wet prairie has been lost in the Willamette Valley, Oregon, but a large number of seasonal wetlands remain on private lands dedicated to grass seed production within the historical wet prairie landscape. Because agriculture is known to alter physical and chemical wetland conditions, I investigated if aquatic invertebrate communities differed among annual grass seed farmed wetlands, perennial grass seed farmed wetlands, and native wet prairie. I sampled 30 southern Willamette Valley wetlands (n = 10 in each land use category) in spring of 2009 and resampled 28 in spring of 2010 that are hydrogeomorphically classified as Flats. Invertebrate community composition in native wet prairie differed from farmed wetlands (A-stats = 0.37, P < 0.001). Specifically, taxa richness (26.2 ± 1.2 in 2009 and 27.4 ± 1.0 in 2010) and diversity (3.0 ± 0.1 in 2009 and 3.1 ± 0.1 in 2010) were higher. From Indicator Species Analysis, taxa representative of wet prairie included a flightless beetle (Apteraliplus parvulus), a cladoceran (Dumontia oregonensis), an isopod (Caecidotea sp.), Calanoida copepods, and Lymnaeidae snails. Invertebrate density (individuals/m²) did not differ among land-use groups, but biomass (mg/m²) in perennial grass wetlands was greater than annual grass wetlands both years. Biomass in perennial grass farmed wetlands was also higher than native wet prairie in 2009 and similar in 2010. Wetland invertebrate composition was strongly associated with reduced vegetation cover and increases in water turbidity and conductivity with farmed sites having lower cover and higher turbidity and conductivity. These findings suggest grass seed farming practices such as soil tillage and field leveling have affects on invertebrate communities by lowering diversity and richness and altering community composition. However, farmed seasonal wetlands still provide habitat for aquatic invertebrates, contribute to the region's biodiversity, and are substantial food resources for wildlife. This grass seed agricultural landscape is an important seasonal wetland habitat and needs to be incorporated into regional conservation plans. Title: Effects of grass seed agriculture on aquatic invertebrate communities in seasonal wetlands of the southern Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Wyss, Lance A. An estimated 99% of native wet prairie has been lost in the Willamette Valley, Oregon, but a large number of seasonal wetlands remain on private lands dedicated to grass seed production within the historical wet prairie landscape. Because agriculture is known to alter physical and chemical wetland conditions, I investigated if aquatic invertebrate communities differed among annual grass seed farmed wetlands, perennial grass seed farmed wetlands, and native wet prairie. I sampled 30 southern Willamette Valley wetlands (n = 10 in each land use category) in spring of 2009 and resampled 28 in spring of 2010 that are hydrogeomorphically classified as Flats. Invertebrate community composition in native wet prairie differed from farmed wetlands (A-stats = 0.37, P < 0.001). Specifically, taxa richness (26.2 ± 1.2 in 2009 and 27.4 ± 1.0 in 2010) and diversity (3.0 ± 0.1 in 2009 and 3.1 ± 0.1 in 2010) were higher. From Indicator Species Analysis, taxa representative of wet prairie included a flightless beetle (Apteraliplus parvulus), a cladoceran (Dumontia oregonensis), an isopod (Caecidotea sp.), Calanoida copepods, and Lymnaeidae snails. Invertebrate density (individuals/m²) did not differ among land-use groups, but biomass (mg/m²) in perennial grass wetlands was greater than annual grass wetlands both years. Biomass in perennial grass farmed wetlands was also higher than native wet prairie in 2009 and similar in 2010. Wetland invertebrate composition was strongly associated with reduced vegetation cover and increases in water turbidity and conductivity with farmed sites having lower cover and higher turbidity and conductivity. These findings suggest grass seed farming practices such as soil tillage and field leveling have affects on invertebrate communities by lowering diversity and richness and altering community composition. However, farmed seasonal wetlands still provide habitat for aquatic invertebrates, contribute to the region's biodiversity, and are substantial food resources for wildlife. This grass seed agricultural landscape is an important seasonal wetland habitat and needs to be incorporated into regional conservation plans. Close

• 54. [Article] How Cities Can Increase Cycling Among Women An Evaluation of: Portland, OR, Washington D.C., and Vancouver B.C.

  56 pages

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: How Cities Can Increase Cycling Among Women An Evaluation of: Portland, OR, Washington D.C., and Vancouver B.C. Author: Horan, Erin Year: 2016 56 pages Title: How Cities Can Increase Cycling Among Women An Evaluation of: Portland, OR, Washington D.C., and Vancouver B.C. Author: Horan, Erin Year: 2016 56 pages Close

• 55. [Article] Mapping conservation opportunity areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy

  Draft report from the Institute for Natural Resources, Portland State University

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Mapping conservation opportunity areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy Author: Kagan, James S., Burcsu, Theresa Draft report from the Institute for Natural Resources, Portland State University Title: Mapping conservation opportunity areas for the Intertwine's Regional Conservation Strategy Author: Kagan, James S., Burcsu, Theresa Draft report from the Institute for Natural Resources, Portland State University Close

• 56. [Article] Forest macro-arthropods as potential indicators of ecosystem conditions in Western Idaho : an analysis of community composition, biological diversity, and community structure

  Adaptive ecosystem management is a new paradigm for managing federal forests which requires regular monitoring of ecosystem function and diversity to measure the effects of management. Managers need new ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Forest macro-arthropods as potential indicators of ecosystem conditions in Western Idaho : an analysis of community composition, biological diversity, and community structure Author: Ruby, Margaret E. Adaptive ecosystem management is a new paradigm for managing federal forests which requires regular monitoring of ecosystem function and diversity to measure the effects of management. Managers need new strategies and tools to help them assess their progress in maintaining healthy, productive and biologically diverse forests. Biomonitoring of select forest macro-arthropod species can provide useful information on the effects of management on forest biodiversity and ecosystem function. The purpose of this study was threefold: (1) to inventory the macro-arthropod community and important environmental variables in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area within the Payette National Forest (PNF) in Western Idaho; (2) to compare measures of community composition, diversity, and structure in forest macro-arthropod communities between patches of different sizes and treatment; and (3) to assist PNF managers in their ecosystem management efforts by providing principles to guide the use of macro-arthropods as indicators of changing forest conditions. Transects with pitfall traps were used to collect macro-arthropods at 22 sites in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area during the summer of 1994. Five forest patch types in Abies grandis habitat types were sampled. Intact forest patches of 100 or more hectares, and large patches of 50-100 hectares, ranged in age between 50 and 250 years old with multistoried structure. Small patches up to 10 hectares were remnants or fragments of formerly intact forest isolated by logging. A plantation patch was 15 years old with patchy understory and forb cover. Clearcut patches had little or no overstory, and variable understory, and forb layers. At each transect, soil samples were collected and six environmental descriptor variables were analyzed according to patch treatment and patch size. These site descriptors were: basal area (ft²/acre); percent canopy cover for the overstory, understory; and forb layers; litter depth (cm), and percent soil moisture content. Differences detected using an ANOVA and T-tests are discussed in the Results section. Arthropod community composition, diversity, and structure were described according to relative abundance, and four measures of diversity. They were also described by membership in seventeen orders and/or super-families; ten functional groups; two disperser classes (long or short distance); and three species indicator classes. A total of 5455 macro-arthropod individuals, representing 17 orders and/or super-families and 219 species were collected in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area. While macro-arthropod fauna relative abundance did not vary significantly by treatment (ANOVA p<0.3), it did vary significantly by patch size (ANOVA p<0.03). Fauna relative abundance was 35% greater in clearcut patches than in large patches (T-test p<0.09). Fauna relative abundance in small patches was twice that of intact (T-test p<0.03) and large (T-test p<0.02) patches. Taxonomic diversity (number of genera/taxa) of beetle, ant, and bug taxa differed significantly according to treatment type(each ANOVA p<0.05). For the top four taxa (beetles, ants, spiders, and bugs), taxonomic diversity was highest in the plantation and clearcut patches. Ants and bugs had their highest taxonomic diversity in the plantation patch (separate T-tests p<0.05) while the taxonomic diversity of beetles was highest in clear-cut patches (T-test p<0.05). Beetle and ant taxonomic diversity varied significantly by patch size (each ANOVA p<0.05). For beetles and bugs, small patches were twice as diverse as intact patches (separate T-tests p<0.04) and 1.5 times that of large patches. Ant diversity was similarly distributed amongst the patch sizes, with significant differences between small and intact and between small and large patches (separate T-tests p<0.05). Of the four species diversity measures employed, only two, [alpha] and JK1 (both measures of richness), were found to vary significantly by patch treatment and size. Evenness (E) and the Shannon Diversity Index (H') failed to detect differences in the majority of tests. Fauna [alpha] and JK1 differed significantly by treatment type (each ANOVA p<0.05). Richness in clearcut patches was nearly twice in intact and large patches, followed by plantation and large patches. Fauna [alpha] and JKl also differed significantly by patch size (each ANOVA p <0.001), with small patch fauna twice as rich as that in large and intact patches (separate T-tests p <0.01). Of the top four functional groups, predators were the most abundant and had the highest taxonomic diversity (number of genera/functional group), followed by herbivores, fungivores and parasites. Predators and herbivores showed increasing taxonomic diversity with decreasing patch size, from intact to large to small (ANOVA p< 0.05). Similarly, predators and herbivores exhibited increasing taxonomic diversity with increasing levels of management: from intact and large to plantation and clear-cuts (ANOVA p< 0.05). Predators and herbivores were most numerous in the managed and small patches. Fungivore taxonomic diversity was also highest in the small and managed patches, though neither patch size nor treatment differences were significant (ANOVA p<0.85). Parasite taxonomic diversity differed by patch size with highest generic diversity in the small patches (ANOVA p<0.l) and by treatment type with generic diversity highest in plantations and clearcuts followed in order by large and intact patches (ANOVA p<0.l). Twice as many genera were long distance dispersers as were short distance dispersers. Relative abundance of long distance dispersers varied significantly by patch treatment and patch size (each ANOVA p<0.0l). Long distance dispersers were most numerous in clear-cut patches, followed in order by plantation, small, large, and intact patches. Relative abundance of short distance dispersers was not significantly different between treatment types (ANOVA p<0.20) but was significantly different between patch sizes (ANOVA p<0.0l). Short distance dispersers were most numerous in small patches followed by plantation, large, and intact and least numerous in clearcut patches. An indicator species analysis of 121 Bear Creek and Indian Creek genera (Dufrene and Legendre 1997), revealed sub-groups of species with 75 to 100 percent "perfect indication" or affiliation for specific patch types. When intact and large patches were pooled and analyzed against all treated patches (plantation and clearcut patches), a list of 36 genera with 75 to 100 percent "perfect affiliation" for intact or large patches was produced (MRPP p<0.05). Small patches had 42 indicators with 75 to 100 percent "perfect indication" when compared with the pooled intact and large patches (MRPP p<0.l). Conclusions Macro-arthropod community composition, diversity and structure did vary, usually significantly, by patch treatment and size. Useful measures of generic diversity include richness estimators [alpha], [beta], and JK1. Examination of taxonomic diversity was also useful, especially for the more mobile arthropods. Pitfall traps provided copious data on the structure of the community in regards to predators and herbivores. Pitfalls, however, did not provide much information about the status of fungivores and parasites in the various different patches. Another trapping method such as the berlaise funnel, would likely provide more information about those functional groups which are likely operating at a finer scale of resolution than that tested by the pitfall trap. Employing both methods would provide a much better assessment of the community of arthropods living on the forest floor. The indicator species analysis program also provided very useful lists of species which are affiliated with particular patch conditions. Taken together, these measures could be adopted for use by forest managers to allow them to assess and monitor the effects of a management regime on the structure and composition of macro-arthropod communities as part of a comprehensive adaptive management plan. Title: Forest macro-arthropods as potential indicators of ecosystem conditions in Western Idaho : an analysis of community composition, biological diversity, and community structure Author: Ruby, Margaret E. Adaptive ecosystem management is a new paradigm for managing federal forests which requires regular monitoring of ecosystem function and diversity to measure the effects of management. Managers need new strategies and tools to help them assess their progress in maintaining healthy, productive and biologically diverse forests. Biomonitoring of select forest macro-arthropod species can provide useful information on the effects of management on forest biodiversity and ecosystem function. The purpose of this study was threefold: (1) to inventory the macro-arthropod community and important environmental variables in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area within the Payette National Forest (PNF) in Western Idaho; (2) to compare measures of community composition, diversity, and structure in forest macro-arthropod communities between patches of different sizes and treatment; and (3) to assist PNF managers in their ecosystem management efforts by providing principles to guide the use of macro-arthropods as indicators of changing forest conditions. Transects with pitfall traps were used to collect macro-arthropods at 22 sites in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area during the summer of 1994. Five forest patch types in Abies grandis habitat types were sampled. Intact forest patches of 100 or more hectares, and large patches of 50-100 hectares, ranged in age between 50 and 250 years old with multistoried structure. Small patches up to 10 hectares were remnants or fragments of formerly intact forest isolated by logging. A plantation patch was 15 years old with patchy understory and forb cover. Clearcut patches had little or no overstory, and variable understory, and forb layers. At each transect, soil samples were collected and six environmental descriptor variables were analyzed according to patch treatment and patch size. These site descriptors were: basal area (ft²/acre); percent canopy cover for the overstory, understory; and forb layers; litter depth (cm), and percent soil moisture content. Differences detected using an ANOVA and T-tests are discussed in the Results section. Arthropod community composition, diversity, and structure were described according to relative abundance, and four measures of diversity. They were also described by membership in seventeen orders and/or super-families; ten functional groups; two disperser classes (long or short distance); and three species indicator classes. A total of 5455 macro-arthropod individuals, representing 17 orders and/or super-families and 219 species were collected in the Bear Creek and Indian Creek study area. While macro-arthropod fauna relative abundance did not vary significantly by treatment (ANOVA p<0.3), it did vary significantly by patch size (ANOVA p<0.03). Fauna relative abundance was 35% greater in clearcut patches than in large patches (T-test p<0.09). Fauna relative abundance in small patches was twice that of intact (T-test p<0.03) and large (T-test p<0.02) patches. Taxonomic diversity (number of genera/taxa) of beetle, ant, and bug taxa differed significantly according to treatment type(each ANOVA p<0.05). For the top four taxa (beetles, ants, spiders, and bugs), taxonomic diversity was highest in the plantation and clearcut patches. Ants and bugs had their highest taxonomic diversity in the plantation patch (separate T-tests p<0.05) while the taxonomic diversity of beetles was highest in clear-cut patches (T-test p<0.05). Beetle and ant taxonomic diversity varied significantly by patch size (each ANOVA p<0.05). For beetles and bugs, small patches were twice as diverse as intact patches (separate T-tests p<0.04) and 1.5 times that of large patches. Ant diversity was similarly distributed amongst the patch sizes, with significant differences between small and intact and between small and large patches (separate T-tests p<0.05). Of the four species diversity measures employed, only two, [alpha] and JK1 (both measures of richness), were found to vary significantly by patch treatment and size. Evenness (E) and the Shannon Diversity Index (H') failed to detect differences in the majority of tests. Fauna [alpha] and JK1 differed significantly by treatment type (each ANOVA p<0.05). Richness in clearcut patches was nearly twice in intact and large patches, followed by plantation and large patches. Fauna [alpha] and JKl also differed significantly by patch size (each ANOVA p <0.001), with small patch fauna twice as rich as that in large and intact patches (separate T-tests p <0.01). Of the top four functional groups, predators were the most abundant and had the highest taxonomic diversity (number of genera/functional group), followed by herbivores, fungivores and parasites. Predators and herbivores showed increasing taxonomic diversity with decreasing patch size, from intact to large to small (ANOVA p< 0.05). Similarly, predators and herbivores exhibited increasing taxonomic diversity with increasing levels of management: from intact and large to plantation and clear-cuts (ANOVA p< 0.05). Predators and herbivores were most numerous in the managed and small patches. Fungivore taxonomic diversity was also highest in the small and managed patches, though neither patch size nor treatment differences were significant (ANOVA p<0.85). Parasite taxonomic diversity differed by patch size with highest generic diversity in the small patches (ANOVA p<0.l) and by treatment type with generic diversity highest in plantations and clearcuts followed in order by large and intact patches (ANOVA p<0.l). Twice as many genera were long distance dispersers as were short distance dispersers. Relative abundance of long distance dispersers varied significantly by patch treatment and patch size (each ANOVA p<0.0l). Long distance dispersers were most numerous in clear-cut patches, followed in order by plantation, small, large, and intact patches. Relative abundance of short distance dispersers was not significantly different between treatment types (ANOVA p<0.20) but was significantly different between patch sizes (ANOVA p<0.0l). Short distance dispersers were most numerous in small patches followed by plantation, large, and intact and least numerous in clearcut patches. An indicator species analysis of 121 Bear Creek and Indian Creek genera (Dufrene and Legendre 1997), revealed sub-groups of species with 75 to 100 percent "perfect indication" or affiliation for specific patch types. When intact and large patches were pooled and analyzed against all treated patches (plantation and clearcut patches), a list of 36 genera with 75 to 100 percent "perfect affiliation" for intact or large patches was produced (MRPP p<0.05). Small patches had 42 indicators with 75 to 100 percent "perfect indication" when compared with the pooled intact and large patches (MRPP p<0.l). Conclusions Macro-arthropod community composition, diversity and structure did vary, usually significantly, by patch treatment and size. Useful measures of generic diversity include richness estimators [alpha], [beta], and JK1. Examination of taxonomic diversity was also useful, especially for the more mobile arthropods. Pitfall traps provided copious data on the structure of the community in regards to predators and herbivores. Pitfalls, however, did not provide much information about the status of fungivores and parasites in the various different patches. Another trapping method such as the berlaise funnel, would likely provide more information about those functional groups which are likely operating at a finer scale of resolution than that tested by the pitfall trap. Employing both methods would provide a much better assessment of the community of arthropods living on the forest floor. The indicator species analysis program also provided very useful lists of species which are affiliated with particular patch conditions. Taken together, these measures could be adopted for use by forest managers to allow them to assess and monitor the effects of a management regime on the structure and composition of macro-arthropod communities as part of a comprehensive adaptive management plan. Close

• 57. [Article] Comparing vegetation and soils of remnant and restored prairie wetlands in the northern Willamette Valley

  Native prairies of the Willamette Valley are considered among the rarest of Oregon's ecosystems (Clark and Wilson, 2001). As a result of agriculture conversion, urban development and cessation of native ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Comparing vegetation and soils of remnant and restored prairie wetlands in the northern Willamette Valley Author: Taylor, Sara M. Native prairies of the Willamette Valley are considered among the rarest of Oregon's ecosystems (Clark and Wilson, 2001). As a result of agriculture conversion, urban development and cessation of native burning, Willamette Valley prairies have become highly fragmented and invaded by non-native species, leaving little room for native plant diversity. Even though wetland prairie conservation and restoration has been a priority for many government agencies there is a need for research on what restoration techniques and management are necessary for increasing native species richness and abundance in remnant and restored wet prairie sites. In this research project, two studies were conducted. In the first study, data were collected on species presence and abundance from three 100m² randomized plots within three remnant wet prairies (Green Mountain, Gotter Prairie South, Knez) and three restored wet prairies (Hutchinson, Gotter Prairie North, Lovejoy) to answer the following research question, 'Are there differences between remnant and restored prairie plant communities with respect to the diversity and abundance of native species?' Analysis of variance and multivariate ordination techniques were used to assess the ecological differences between uncultivated, minimally-managed remnant wet prairies and newly-restored, highly managed wet prairies. Data on soils collected from agricultural sites (Westbrook, Zurcher, Gotter Prairie Ag), as well as the remnant and restored wet prairies mentioned above, were also used to compare soil quality and processes with the remnant and restored wetlands. Restored wet prairie had 23% higher native species cover than remnant prairie (p-value=0.089, N=6). Remnant and restored sites did not differ in native species richness (p-value=0.949, N=6). The relatively high per cent cover of native species at restored sites, (significant at the 10% level), suggests that land managers have successfully restored agricultural properties with an abundance of native species. The lack of significant difference in native species richness between remnant and restored sites also suggests that land managers have also been able to restore native plant diversity into former agricultural properties equivalent to some of the best intact remnant prairies within the Northern Willamette Valley in a short period of time (8 years or less). However, a non-metric scaling (NMS) ordination of the species matrix separated the remnant sites from the restored sites, suggesting that community composition distinguishes restored sites from remnants. The NMS results, which include environmental data in the analysis, also suggest that there is a positive correlation of percent soil moisture and percent soil organic matter associated with the remnant prairies and a positive correlation of management practices such as yearly chemical use, mowing, and clean crops, associated with the restored prairies. The location of Gotter Prairie North restoration within the ordination, between the remnant and restored sites, suggests an intermediate plant composition and soil quality. This could be attributed to intensive weed suppression and soil organic matter build up over time (8 years) in comparison to younger restored sites (3 and 4 years). Indicator species analysis identified many species with high indicator values (IVs) in the remnant prairies; Holcus lanatus, Deschampsia cespitosa, Carex densa and Phalaris arundinacea being the highest. The use of fire as a management tool produced only one species with a high IV (Camassia quamash). In the second study, three seeding treatments (Grass first, Grass and Forb together, Forb first) were compared within a 4 hectare experimental wet prairie unit to answer the research question „Which of the three seeding treatments used leads to the highest native species abundance and species richness?‟ Results from an analysis of variance indicated significant differences between treatments in native species richness for 2009 and 2010 (p-values=0.002 & 0.004 respectively) at the 5% level and native species abundance in 2010 only (p-value=0.099) at the 10% level. The Grass and Forb and Forb first treatments were highest in native species richness for 2009 and 2010, whereas the Grass and Forb and Grass first treatments were highest in native species abundance in 2010. A NMS ordination suggests that Juncus tenuis is one of the dominant species, in all seeding treatments, after one year of growth. Title: Comparing vegetation and soils of remnant and restored prairie wetlands in the northern Willamette Valley Author: Taylor, Sara M. Native prairies of the Willamette Valley are considered among the rarest of Oregon's ecosystems (Clark and Wilson, 2001). As a result of agriculture conversion, urban development and cessation of native burning, Willamette Valley prairies have become highly fragmented and invaded by non-native species, leaving little room for native plant diversity. Even though wetland prairie conservation and restoration has been a priority for many government agencies there is a need for research on what restoration techniques and management are necessary for increasing native species richness and abundance in remnant and restored wet prairie sites. In this research project, two studies were conducted. In the first study, data were collected on species presence and abundance from three 100m² randomized plots within three remnant wet prairies (Green Mountain, Gotter Prairie South, Knez) and three restored wet prairies (Hutchinson, Gotter Prairie North, Lovejoy) to answer the following research question, 'Are there differences between remnant and restored prairie plant communities with respect to the diversity and abundance of native species?' Analysis of variance and multivariate ordination techniques were used to assess the ecological differences between uncultivated, minimally-managed remnant wet prairies and newly-restored, highly managed wet prairies. Data on soils collected from agricultural sites (Westbrook, Zurcher, Gotter Prairie Ag), as well as the remnant and restored wet prairies mentioned above, were also used to compare soil quality and processes with the remnant and restored wetlands. Restored wet prairie had 23% higher native species cover than remnant prairie (p-value=0.089, N=6). Remnant and restored sites did not differ in native species richness (p-value=0.949, N=6). The relatively high per cent cover of native species at restored sites, (significant at the 10% level), suggests that land managers have successfully restored agricultural properties with an abundance of native species. The lack of significant difference in native species richness between remnant and restored sites also suggests that land managers have also been able to restore native plant diversity into former agricultural properties equivalent to some of the best intact remnant prairies within the Northern Willamette Valley in a short period of time (8 years or less). However, a non-metric scaling (NMS) ordination of the species matrix separated the remnant sites from the restored sites, suggesting that community composition distinguishes restored sites from remnants. The NMS results, which include environmental data in the analysis, also suggest that there is a positive correlation of percent soil moisture and percent soil organic matter associated with the remnant prairies and a positive correlation of management practices such as yearly chemical use, mowing, and clean crops, associated with the restored prairies. The location of Gotter Prairie North restoration within the ordination, between the remnant and restored sites, suggests an intermediate plant composition and soil quality. This could be attributed to intensive weed suppression and soil organic matter build up over time (8 years) in comparison to younger restored sites (3 and 4 years). Indicator species analysis identified many species with high indicator values (IVs) in the remnant prairies; Holcus lanatus, Deschampsia cespitosa, Carex densa and Phalaris arundinacea being the highest. The use of fire as a management tool produced only one species with a high IV (Camassia quamash). In the second study, three seeding treatments (Grass first, Grass and Forb together, Forb first) were compared within a 4 hectare experimental wet prairie unit to answer the research question „Which of the three seeding treatments used leads to the highest native species abundance and species richness?‟ Results from an analysis of variance indicated significant differences between treatments in native species richness for 2009 and 2010 (p-values=0.002 & 0.004 respectively) at the 5% level and native species abundance in 2010 only (p-value=0.099) at the 10% level. The Grass and Forb and Forb first treatments were highest in native species richness for 2009 and 2010, whereas the Grass and Forb and Grass first treatments were highest in native species abundance in 2010. A NMS ordination suggests that Juncus tenuis is one of the dominant species, in all seeding treatments, after one year of growth. Close

• 58. [Article] Using Oregon trawl logbooks to study spatial and temporal characteristics of commercial groundfish species associations

  Species associations of fifteen major commercial groundfish species in the northeastern Pacific ocean and their spatial and temporal characteristics were studied using Oregon bottom trawl logbook data, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Using Oregon trawl logbooks to study spatial and temporal characteristics of commercial groundfish species associations Author: Lee, Yong Woo Species associations of fifteen major commercial groundfish species in the northeastern Pacific ocean and their spatial and temporal characteristics were studied using Oregon bottom trawl logbook data, 1987 to 1993. Screening procedures were used to remove questionable data from the original logbook files, which resulted in the exclusion of information from 46% of the total available tows. Two multivariate methods, detrended correspondence analysis (DCA) and Ward's method of hierarchical cluster analysis were used to derive the association patterns of species and species groups. A general linear model that was developed for the primary DCA axis suggested that the species associations are strongly correlated with depth, but minimally correlated with the other environmental variables that were examined (latitude, season, and year). The weak correlations between DCA axis 1 and the temporal variables indicate that species associations in the study region are fairly persistent over time. The same multivariate techniques were used to examine possible sampling effects due to changes in the participating trawl vessels that contributed logbook information. Depth and latitudinal distributions of species occurrence in the logbook were similar to distributions derived from National Marine Fishery Service triennial bottom trawl survey. However, the analysis also showed that the depth coverage by the survey is not broad enough to accurately characterize associations among species that are currently subject to commercial fishing activity. Title: Using Oregon trawl logbooks to study spatial and temporal characteristics of commercial groundfish species associations Author: Lee, Yong Woo Species associations of fifteen major commercial groundfish species in the northeastern Pacific ocean and their spatial and temporal characteristics were studied using Oregon bottom trawl logbook data, 1987 to 1993. Screening procedures were used to remove questionable data from the original logbook files, which resulted in the exclusion of information from 46% of the total available tows. Two multivariate methods, detrended correspondence analysis (DCA) and Ward's method of hierarchical cluster analysis were used to derive the association patterns of species and species groups. A general linear model that was developed for the primary DCA axis suggested that the species associations are strongly correlated with depth, but minimally correlated with the other environmental variables that were examined (latitude, season, and year). The weak correlations between DCA axis 1 and the temporal variables indicate that species associations in the study region are fairly persistent over time. The same multivariate techniques were used to examine possible sampling effects due to changes in the participating trawl vessels that contributed logbook information. Depth and latitudinal distributions of species occurrence in the logbook were similar to distributions derived from National Marine Fishery Service triennial bottom trawl survey. However, the analysis also showed that the depth coverage by the survey is not broad enough to accurately characterize associations among species that are currently subject to commercial fishing activity. Close

• 59. [Article] Life history of Philophthalmus megalurus (Cort, 1914) in western Oregon

  The specific identification of a megalurous cercaria found in the snail Oxytrema plicifera was accomplished by completing the life cycle in the laboratory. This species is compared with the eastern Philophthalmus ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Life history of Philophthalmus megalurus (Cort, 1914) in western Oregon Author: McMillan, Toni Anne Year: 1971 The specific identification of a megalurous cercaria found in the snail Oxytrema plicifera was accomplished by completing the life cycle in the laboratory. This species is compared with the eastern Philophthalmus megalurus and P. gralli with which it was once confused. The eggs, miracidia, and rediae of the Oregon species were found to be similar to those of the above species. The body and organ sizes and sucker ratios for the cercariae and adult stages obviously indicate that the Oregon species is Philophthalmus megalurus. Title: Life history of Philophthalmus megalurus (Cort, 1914) in western Oregon Author: McMillan, Toni Anne Year: 1971 The specific identification of a megalurous cercaria found in the snail Oxytrema plicifera was accomplished by completing the life cycle in the laboratory. This species is compared with the eastern Philophthalmus megalurus and P. gralli with which it was once confused. The eggs, miracidia, and rediae of the Oregon species were found to be similar to those of the above species. The body and organ sizes and sucker ratios for the cercariae and adult stages obviously indicate that the Oregon species is Philophthalmus megalurus. Close

• 60. [Article] Plant and amphibian assemblages in zero-order basins in the Oregon Coast Range

  We have a poor understanding of the biotic communities in zero-order basins, drainages extending from ridgelines to the initiation of first-order streams. This study describes baseline plant and amphibian ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Plant and amphibian assemblages in zero-order basins in the Oregon Coast Range Author: Sheridan, Chris D. We have a poor understanding of the biotic communities in zero-order basins, drainages extending from ridgelines to the initiation of first-order streams. This study describes baseline plant and amphibian composition in unmanaged zero-order basins in the Oregon Coast Range. Specifically, I studied: i) the spatial distribution and diversity of species, including riparian-associates; and ii) the dominant environmental, spatial and geomorphic gradients in species composition The results of this research have implications for riparian management in steep, forested landscapes in the Pacific Northwest. The composition of tree and shrub layers in zero-order basins was more similar to upland areas than to larger-order riparian areas. Douglas-fir, western hemlock, and western red cedar had highest basal areas; bigleaf maple had highest hardwood density. Convergent areas (areas collecting surface flow) had significantly lower relative densities than surrounding slopes. I identified 138 forest floor herb, shrub, and seedling tree species in zero-order basins. Gradient analysis and empirical modeling suggested that the composition of forest floor plant assemblages was associated with environmental parameters related to geomorphic position and overstory characteristics, such as distance from basin center, basin aspect and overstory relative density. Vegetation types, developed using classification, followed similar environmental patterns. Vegetation types were useful in clarifying environmental gradients acting on groups of plant species, and in delineating the lateral extent of geomorphic and fluvial influences. Riparian-associated vegetation types were mostly restricted to valley floors and lower slope areas. Geomorphic and lateral surfaces were drivers of environmental gradients in zero-order basins; plant species composition followed these geomorphic gradients. Surfaces close to basin center ("inner gorges"), including valley centers, splash zones, and lower slope areas, supported the highest plant species diversity and most distinct plant assemblages. The spatial distribution patterns of amphibian species and assemblages were characterized along longitudinal and lateral gradients, and relative to three geomorphic surfaces (valleys, headmost areas and slopes), and empirical species-habitat models were developed. I identified eight amphibian species in zero-order basins (865 total captures), and analyzed data for six. Headmost areas supported a distinctive upland amphibian assemblage, while valley floors had the highest riparian amphibian diversity. Captures of three riparian species were higher in valley surfaces, within S m of the center of zero-order basins, while captures of three upland species were highest in areas 2-5 m from center. Upland-associated species were captured two times farther from basin centers than riparian-associated species. The best predictors of amphibian captures in empirical models were geomorphic, stability/ disturbance, moisture and overstory parameters. Ordination and indicator species analysis facilitated characterization of amphibian species assemblages within geomorphic surface zones, and suggested spatial compression of habitats and species in zero-order basins, in comparison to broader spatial extents in larger basins. Plant and amphibian assemblages in unmanaged zero-order basins were most similar to each other in their lateral and geomorphic spatial patterning, including the importance of inner gorge areas for support of diverse communities. Plant species were strongly associated with geomorphic position parameters, while amphibians had stronger ties to discrete microhabitat elements such as moisture levels and large substrate. Amphibians appeared to have a more distinctive assemblage in headmost areas than plant species. Results suggest that assemblages of plants and amphibians in these basins are distinct from both larger-order riparian assemblages and from vegetation in surrounding hillslopes. Riparian management designs could take these spatial patterns and habitat associations into account to maintain the ecological integrity of headwater communities. The longitudinal and lateral extents of landscape areas managed to minimize risk to persistence of zero-order basin plant and amphibian assemblages would need to incorporate both fluvial and hillslope disturbance regimes, and microhabitat features associated with them. Title: Plant and amphibian assemblages in zero-order basins in the Oregon Coast Range Author: Sheridan, Chris D. We have a poor understanding of the biotic communities in zero-order basins, drainages extending from ridgelines to the initiation of first-order streams. This study describes baseline plant and amphibian composition in unmanaged zero-order basins in the Oregon Coast Range. Specifically, I studied: i) the spatial distribution and diversity of species, including riparian-associates; and ii) the dominant environmental, spatial and geomorphic gradients in species composition The results of this research have implications for riparian management in steep, forested landscapes in the Pacific Northwest. The composition of tree and shrub layers in zero-order basins was more similar to upland areas than to larger-order riparian areas. Douglas-fir, western hemlock, and western red cedar had highest basal areas; bigleaf maple had highest hardwood density. Convergent areas (areas collecting surface flow) had significantly lower relative densities than surrounding slopes. I identified 138 forest floor herb, shrub, and seedling tree species in zero-order basins. Gradient analysis and empirical modeling suggested that the composition of forest floor plant assemblages was associated with environmental parameters related to geomorphic position and overstory characteristics, such as distance from basin center, basin aspect and overstory relative density. Vegetation types, developed using classification, followed similar environmental patterns. Vegetation types were useful in clarifying environmental gradients acting on groups of plant species, and in delineating the lateral extent of geomorphic and fluvial influences. Riparian-associated vegetation types were mostly restricted to valley floors and lower slope areas. Geomorphic and lateral surfaces were drivers of environmental gradients in zero-order basins; plant species composition followed these geomorphic gradients. Surfaces close to basin center ("inner gorges"), including valley centers, splash zones, and lower slope areas, supported the highest plant species diversity and most distinct plant assemblages. The spatial distribution patterns of amphibian species and assemblages were characterized along longitudinal and lateral gradients, and relative to three geomorphic surfaces (valleys, headmost areas and slopes), and empirical species-habitat models were developed. I identified eight amphibian species in zero-order basins (865 total captures), and analyzed data for six. Headmost areas supported a distinctive upland amphibian assemblage, while valley floors had the highest riparian amphibian diversity. Captures of three riparian species were higher in valley surfaces, within S m of the center of zero-order basins, while captures of three upland species were highest in areas 2-5 m from center. Upland-associated species were captured two times farther from basin centers than riparian-associated species. The best predictors of amphibian captures in empirical models were geomorphic, stability/ disturbance, moisture and overstory parameters. Ordination and indicator species analysis facilitated characterization of amphibian species assemblages within geomorphic surface zones, and suggested spatial compression of habitats and species in zero-order basins, in comparison to broader spatial extents in larger basins. Plant and amphibian assemblages in unmanaged zero-order basins were most similar to each other in their lateral and geomorphic spatial patterning, including the importance of inner gorge areas for support of diverse communities. Plant species were strongly associated with geomorphic position parameters, while amphibians had stronger ties to discrete microhabitat elements such as moisture levels and large substrate. Amphibians appeared to have a more distinctive assemblage in headmost areas than plant species. Results suggest that assemblages of plants and amphibians in these basins are distinct from both larger-order riparian assemblages and from vegetation in surrounding hillslopes. Riparian management designs could take these spatial patterns and habitat associations into account to maintain the ecological integrity of headwater communities. The longitudinal and lateral extents of landscape areas managed to minimize risk to persistence of zero-order basin plant and amphibian assemblages would need to incorporate both fluvial and hillslope disturbance regimes, and microhabitat features associated with them. Close

• 61. [Article] Comparative Characterization of Two Nearshore Rocky Reef Areas: A high-use recreational fishing reef vs. an unfished reef

  This project has provided the ODFW Marine Habitat Project with a unique opportunity to make a comparative examination of the habitats and fish communities of a heavily fished reef off of Siletz Bay, and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Comparative Characterization of Two Nearshore Rocky Reef Areas: A high-use recreational fishing reef vs. an unfished reef Author: Merems, Arlene, Appy, Marcus, Romsos, Chris, Weeks, Hal, Fox, David, Amend, Mark This project has provided the ODFW Marine Habitat Project with a unique opportunity to make a comparative examination of the habitats and fish communities of a heavily fished reef off of Siletz Bay, and a nearly unfished reef off Cape Perpetua. There are over 17,000 angler trips for groundfish out of Depoe Bay annually, many choosing to fish Siletz Reef. In addition, numerous whale watching and sightseeing charter vessels operate in the vicinity of the reef. Cape Perpetua Reef consists of isolated patches of rock, and is too far from Newport (the nearest port) to receive much fishing effort. This examination of the influences of fishing pressure in nearshore rocky habitat complements, and is embedded in, a broader effort to understand the distribution and character of Oregon’s nearshore rocky reefs, and the species that are dependent upon them for habitat. The ODFW Marine Habitat Project has spent the last eight years working in cooperation with scientists and other resource agencies to develop methods for classifying and mapping nearshore rocky reefs habitats off Oregon. Because nearshore reefs are in state waters, Oregon is responsible for managing these living resources and habitats to sustain their long-term use and productivity. To date, eight reefs have been surveyed and mapped with sidescan and/or multibeam bathymetry at a resolution indicative of fish habitat. ODFW has also been developing non-extractive fish survey techniques to describe fish-habitat associations and estimate fish abundance at the habitat and reef scale. The importance of habitat to reef species cannot be over-stated and is now widely accepted in the scientific community and is the focus of major research efforts in other Pacific coastal states. Better understanding of the degree to which harvest influences relative and absolute abundance, combined with species-habitat relationships, is essential for resource managers to exercise their stewardship responsibilities to protect 5 essential habitat, develop population indices for species at risk, and maintain healthy and productive ecological systems. Title: Comparative Characterization of Two Nearshore Rocky Reef Areas: A high-use recreational fishing reef vs. an unfished reef Author: Merems, Arlene, Appy, Marcus, Romsos, Chris, Weeks, Hal, Fox, David, Amend, Mark This project has provided the ODFW Marine Habitat Project with a unique opportunity to make a comparative examination of the habitats and fish communities of a heavily fished reef off of Siletz Bay, and a nearly unfished reef off Cape Perpetua. There are over 17,000 angler trips for groundfish out of Depoe Bay annually, many choosing to fish Siletz Reef. In addition, numerous whale watching and sightseeing charter vessels operate in the vicinity of the reef. Cape Perpetua Reef consists of isolated patches of rock, and is too far from Newport (the nearest port) to receive much fishing effort. This examination of the influences of fishing pressure in nearshore rocky habitat complements, and is embedded in, a broader effort to understand the distribution and character of Oregon’s nearshore rocky reefs, and the species that are dependent upon them for habitat. The ODFW Marine Habitat Project has spent the last eight years working in cooperation with scientists and other resource agencies to develop methods for classifying and mapping nearshore rocky reefs habitats off Oregon. Because nearshore reefs are in state waters, Oregon is responsible for managing these living resources and habitats to sustain their long-term use and productivity. To date, eight reefs have been surveyed and mapped with sidescan and/or multibeam bathymetry at a resolution indicative of fish habitat. ODFW has also been developing non-extractive fish survey techniques to describe fish-habitat associations and estimate fish abundance at the habitat and reef scale. The importance of habitat to reef species cannot be over-stated and is now widely accepted in the scientific community and is the focus of major research efforts in other Pacific coastal states. Better understanding of the degree to which harvest influences relative and absolute abundance, combined with species-habitat relationships, is essential for resource managers to exercise their stewardship responsibilities to protect 5 essential habitat, develop population indices for species at risk, and maintain healthy and productive ecological systems. Close

• 62. [Article] Woody riparian species patterns along northeast Oregon mountainous streams and the relationship to riparian capability

  Woody riparian vegetation is an essential component of riparian ecosystems, responsible in part for the maintenance of functional ecological processes. The plant community composition and distribution ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Woody riparian species patterns along northeast Oregon mountainous streams and the relationship to riparian capability Author: Yancey, Jennifer M. Woody riparian vegetation is an essential component of riparian ecosystems, responsible in part for the maintenance of functional ecological processes. The plant community composition and distribution provide an indication of the underlying mosaic of environmental attributes and processes. Restoration and management of riparian communities have been hindered by the lack of measurable criteria for the assessment of a riparian systems modified by human imposed infrastructures. The woody vegetation community offered a quantifiable indicator of the underlying mosaic of environmental, physical, and hydrological attributes, while allowing the investigation of the concept of riparian potential versus riparian capability. The examination of riparian condition was measured through the determination of species-environmental relationships along three mountainous channels in northeast Oregon. The physical and environmental attributes of channel morphology, hydrology, understory community composition, surface particle characteristics, and microclimate variables were quantified and analyzed in relation to the woody vegetation composition and distribution across the three separate streams and within flood-frequency elevation zones. The second component of the study evaluated and described methods for quantifying the concept of riparian capability, based on the measured species-environmental relationships and channel morphology. The evaluation of condition was measured against the reference baseline of Rosgen hierarchical classification and regional hydraulic geometry curves. Multivariate analyses indicated that vegetation transects grouped by stream and vegetation belt transects weakly grouped by flood zone, based on the species composition quantified within the vegetation transects and flood zones. Secondly, channel geometry, canopy cover, air temperature, channel particle size, understory composition attributes, and flood zone distance were found to be overall gradients, which described the variation in species composition across the three streams in northeast Oregon. Direct individual species-environmental relationship conclusions were weak due to the close clustering of species and multiple physical and environmental gradients. Riparian condition at the Grande Ronde River and North Fork Catherine Creek was determined to be functioning at riparian capability. Channel geometry measurements at the two stream reaches aligned with Rosgen stream type criteria and regional hydrologic curves, while species composition represented characteristics of potential natural communities. Meadow Creek was concluded to have departed from the highest attainable condition, thus riparian condition was less than capability. The results suggested that woody riparian vegetation response was a function the physical sttributes: channel morphological widths, bankfull, floodprone, 25-year flood width, valley width, channel sinuosity, and channel slope. Environmental attributes, floodplain canopy cover, air temperature, and understory composition, were further factors that influenced the woody riparian vegetation community variation. The results also suggested species richness and diversity were associated with specific physical and environmental attributes. Finally, the results provided the determination of riparian capability along montane streams in northeast Oregon and criteria acceptable for the determination of riparian capability. These criteria included the physical channel measurements assessed against Rosgen hierarchiecal classification and regional channel geometry curves; and woody vegetation presence and distribution assessed against potential natural community plant associations. Further research should be done across a variety of riparian systems to determine both indicator species and reference values for the physical and environmental attributes that could be utilized for the assessment of riparian capability. Title: Woody riparian species patterns along northeast Oregon mountainous streams and the relationship to riparian capability Author: Yancey, Jennifer M. Woody riparian vegetation is an essential component of riparian ecosystems, responsible in part for the maintenance of functional ecological processes. The plant community composition and distribution provide an indication of the underlying mosaic of environmental attributes and processes. Restoration and management of riparian communities have been hindered by the lack of measurable criteria for the assessment of a riparian systems modified by human imposed infrastructures. The woody vegetation community offered a quantifiable indicator of the underlying mosaic of environmental, physical, and hydrological attributes, while allowing the investigation of the concept of riparian potential versus riparian capability. The examination of riparian condition was measured through the determination of species-environmental relationships along three mountainous channels in northeast Oregon. The physical and environmental attributes of channel morphology, hydrology, understory community composition, surface particle characteristics, and microclimate variables were quantified and analyzed in relation to the woody vegetation composition and distribution across the three separate streams and within flood-frequency elevation zones. The second component of the study evaluated and described methods for quantifying the concept of riparian capability, based on the measured species-environmental relationships and channel morphology. The evaluation of condition was measured against the reference baseline of Rosgen hierarchical classification and regional hydraulic geometry curves. Multivariate analyses indicated that vegetation transects grouped by stream and vegetation belt transects weakly grouped by flood zone, based on the species composition quantified within the vegetation transects and flood zones. Secondly, channel geometry, canopy cover, air temperature, channel particle size, understory composition attributes, and flood zone distance were found to be overall gradients, which described the variation in species composition across the three streams in northeast Oregon. Direct individual species-environmental relationship conclusions were weak due to the close clustering of species and multiple physical and environmental gradients. Riparian condition at the Grande Ronde River and North Fork Catherine Creek was determined to be functioning at riparian capability. Channel geometry measurements at the two stream reaches aligned with Rosgen stream type criteria and regional hydrologic curves, while species composition represented characteristics of potential natural communities. Meadow Creek was concluded to have departed from the highest attainable condition, thus riparian condition was less than capability. The results suggested that woody riparian vegetation response was a function the physical sttributes: channel morphological widths, bankfull, floodprone, 25-year flood width, valley width, channel sinuosity, and channel slope. Environmental attributes, floodplain canopy cover, air temperature, and understory composition, were further factors that influenced the woody riparian vegetation community variation. The results also suggested species richness and diversity were associated with specific physical and environmental attributes. Finally, the results provided the determination of riparian capability along montane streams in northeast Oregon and criteria acceptable for the determination of riparian capability. These criteria included the physical channel measurements assessed against Rosgen hierarchiecal classification and regional channel geometry curves; and woody vegetation presence and distribution assessed against potential natural community plant associations. Further research should be done across a variety of riparian systems to determine both indicator species and reference values for the physical and environmental attributes that could be utilized for the assessment of riparian capability. Close

• 63. [Article] Tradeoffs associated with managing forested landscapes for multiple-uses

  This study focuses on the tradeoffs that exist for managing forested landscapes for biodiversity and timber production. Tradeoff evaluation is important to natural resource managers so they can understand ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Tradeoffs associated with managing forested landscapes for multiple-uses Author: Lichtenstein, Mark E. This study focuses on the tradeoffs that exist for managing forested landscapes for biodiversity and timber production. Tradeoff evaluation is important to natural resource managers so they can understand the benefits and costs of alternative management prescriptions. The study examines three watersheds in the Oregon Coast Range and 166 terrestrial vertebrate species to determine the productive capacity of the site in terms of biodiversity and timber revenue. Two points are identified that maximize biodiversity and maximize timber revenue that serve as corner solutions for the production possibilities frontier for biodiversity and timber revenue. The frontier identifies all combinations of outputs that are equal in productive efficiency and the slope of the frontier identifies the marginal cost of biodiversity in terms of foregone timber revenue. A special case is then examined that reenacts the proposed management intentions of each ownership group in the study area. The special case model is used to examine the level of efficiency that exists with respect to the productive possibilities frontier. The results of the study indicate that there is a high level of inefficiency in the proposed management intentions of the various ownership groups. Higher levels of revenues can be achieved at the same level of biodiversity. Conversely more biodiversity can be produced at the same level of revenue. Marginal cost analysis also showed that biodiversity comes at an increasingly high cost at the extreme end of the productive capability of the study area. Results also indicate the species that are most affected by management activities are those that require large home ranges (> 200 acres) and species that are the most taxonomically unique. Title: Tradeoffs associated with managing forested landscapes for multiple-uses Author: Lichtenstein, Mark E. This study focuses on the tradeoffs that exist for managing forested landscapes for biodiversity and timber production. Tradeoff evaluation is important to natural resource managers so they can understand the benefits and costs of alternative management prescriptions. The study examines three watersheds in the Oregon Coast Range and 166 terrestrial vertebrate species to determine the productive capacity of the site in terms of biodiversity and timber revenue. Two points are identified that maximize biodiversity and maximize timber revenue that serve as corner solutions for the production possibilities frontier for biodiversity and timber revenue. The frontier identifies all combinations of outputs that are equal in productive efficiency and the slope of the frontier identifies the marginal cost of biodiversity in terms of foregone timber revenue. A special case is then examined that reenacts the proposed management intentions of each ownership group in the study area. The special case model is used to examine the level of efficiency that exists with respect to the productive possibilities frontier. The results of the study indicate that there is a high level of inefficiency in the proposed management intentions of the various ownership groups. Higher levels of revenues can be achieved at the same level of biodiversity. Conversely more biodiversity can be produced at the same level of revenue. Marginal cost analysis also showed that biodiversity comes at an increasingly high cost at the extreme end of the productive capability of the study area. Results also indicate the species that are most affected by management activities are those that require large home ranges (> 200 acres) and species that are the most taxonomically unique. Close

• 64. [Article] Hydrologic and vegetation responses associated with restoration of wetlands in the Willamette Valley, Oregon

  I examined hydrological and plant community changes associated with the implementation of a restoration management plan in two riparian meadows located within an agricultural landscape of the central Willamette ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Hydrologic and vegetation responses associated with restoration of wetlands in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Coleman, Gregory A. I examined hydrological and plant community changes associated with the implementation of a restoration management plan in two riparian meadows located within an agricultural landscape of the central Willamette Valley, Oregon. I established exclosure fencing (a form of passive restoration) in one agricultural field and established fencing and plugged a drainage ditch (active restoration) in a separate agricultural field. Permanent transects 15 m in length were established within two plant communities associated with hydrological regimes within these restored agricultural fields. Plant communities were classified as wetland meadow (inundated for more than 4 weeks/year) and mesic meadow (saturated within the upper 30 cm but not inundated) for at least 4 weeks/year. Four transects were randomly established within the wet meadow community and 6 transects were randomly situated within the mesic meadow community. Two shallow subsurface piezometers were installed to a depth of 1 m at 5 m and 10 m along each of these 15 m transects. Additionally, two shallow sub-surface piezometers were established at the outer perimeter of the agriculturally excluded fields. Shallow sub-surface and surface water table levels were measured at each piezometer after wetlands were inundated and continued until water table dropped below the piezometers (Dec. - June) for one pre-treatment and two post treatment years. The actively restored wet and mesic meadows demonstrated increased water table elevation and a decrease in water table fluctuation during both post treatment years. Increases in water table elevation were greatest in areas closest to active restoration but were significant up to 102 m. from restoration. Results indicate that filling drainage ditches induce hydrologic effects at great distances across floodplain soils. Plant community composition (species response) was quantified in both restored sites as well as the adjacent agriculturally managed (untreated) sites one year before treatment and two post-treatment years. I sampled two plant community types: wet meadow and mesic meadow. I calculated species richness and the relative abundance of wetland indicator species, nuisance weeds, and native plants. Nuisance weeds increased and native plant abundance decreased in agriculturally managed mesic meadows. Wetland plant species abundance tended to increase in agricultural sites with light grazing, and decreased in areas that were plowed and re-seeded. Native plants increased and nuisance weeds decreased in the actively restored mesic meadow. The passively restored mesic meadow exhibited no change in native plant abundance and decreases in all other categories. In the actively restored wetland there were increases in plant species richness and nuisance weed abundance with a decrease in native plant abundance. Agriculturally excluded wetlands dominated by Reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea) exhibited no changes for the entire study period. Results suggest that for the first few years following agricultural exclusion, nuisance weed species do not increase, but active restoration may result in increases (due to disturbance). Additionally, results indicate restored agricultural landscapes dominated by introduced grasses demonstrate minimal short-term plant community change unless initiated by intense land management practices (e g., plowing, re-seeding, or removal of dominant plant communities). Based upon results of this study, I conclude that restoration plans should repair damaged hydrological features before planting riparian plant species. Following this chronological sequence will minimize the potential destruction of planted communities by future shifts in water table elevation caused by hydrologic restoration. Furthermore, any active restoration that initiates a direct or indirect removal of the dominant plant community should be accompanied by aggressive plantings of desirable plant species and prolonged site maintenance. Title: Hydrologic and vegetation responses associated with restoration of wetlands in the Willamette Valley, Oregon Author: Coleman, Gregory A. I examined hydrological and plant community changes associated with the implementation of a restoration management plan in two riparian meadows located within an agricultural landscape of the central Willamette Valley, Oregon. I established exclosure fencing (a form of passive restoration) in one agricultural field and established fencing and plugged a drainage ditch (active restoration) in a separate agricultural field. Permanent transects 15 m in length were established within two plant communities associated with hydrological regimes within these restored agricultural fields. Plant communities were classified as wetland meadow (inundated for more than 4 weeks/year) and mesic meadow (saturated within the upper 30 cm but not inundated) for at least 4 weeks/year. Four transects were randomly established within the wet meadow community and 6 transects were randomly situated within the mesic meadow community. Two shallow subsurface piezometers were installed to a depth of 1 m at 5 m and 10 m along each of these 15 m transects. Additionally, two shallow sub-surface piezometers were established at the outer perimeter of the agriculturally excluded fields. Shallow sub-surface and surface water table levels were measured at each piezometer after wetlands were inundated and continued until water table dropped below the piezometers (Dec. - June) for one pre-treatment and two post treatment years. The actively restored wet and mesic meadows demonstrated increased water table elevation and a decrease in water table fluctuation during both post treatment years. Increases in water table elevation were greatest in areas closest to active restoration but were significant up to 102 m. from restoration. Results indicate that filling drainage ditches induce hydrologic effects at great distances across floodplain soils. Plant community composition (species response) was quantified in both restored sites as well as the adjacent agriculturally managed (untreated) sites one year before treatment and two post-treatment years. I sampled two plant community types: wet meadow and mesic meadow. I calculated species richness and the relative abundance of wetland indicator species, nuisance weeds, and native plants. Nuisance weeds increased and native plant abundance decreased in agriculturally managed mesic meadows. Wetland plant species abundance tended to increase in agricultural sites with light grazing, and decreased in areas that were plowed and re-seeded. Native plants increased and nuisance weeds decreased in the actively restored mesic meadow. The passively restored mesic meadow exhibited no change in native plant abundance and decreases in all other categories. In the actively restored wetland there were increases in plant species richness and nuisance weed abundance with a decrease in native plant abundance. Agriculturally excluded wetlands dominated by Reed canary grass (Phalaris arundinacea) exhibited no changes for the entire study period. Results suggest that for the first few years following agricultural exclusion, nuisance weed species do not increase, but active restoration may result in increases (due to disturbance). Additionally, results indicate restored agricultural landscapes dominated by introduced grasses demonstrate minimal short-term plant community change unless initiated by intense land management practices (e g., plowing, re-seeding, or removal of dominant plant communities). Based upon results of this study, I conclude that restoration plans should repair damaged hydrological features before planting riparian plant species. Following this chronological sequence will minimize the potential destruction of planted communities by future shifts in water table elevation caused by hydrologic restoration. Furthermore, any active restoration that initiates a direct or indirect removal of the dominant plant community should be accompanied by aggressive plantings of desirable plant species and prolonged site maintenance. Close

• 65. [Article] Ecology and biological control of an apomictic invasive plant, Chondrilla juncea (Asteraceae)

  A study consisting of three parts was undertaken to investigate how variation in species interactions, population genetic structure, epidemiological parameters, and plant breeding system may influence ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Ecology and biological control of an apomictic invasive plant, Chondrilla juncea (Asteraceae) Author: Campanella, Donald Michael A study consisting of three parts was undertaken to investigate how variation in species interactions, population genetic structure, epidemiological parameters, and plant breeding system may influence the ecology and biological control of an apomictic invasive plant, Chondrilla juncea (Asteraceae). Interactions between natural enemy species may modify their net effect on host plants, but little research has been done to examine how plant resistance influences species interactions in biological weed control. First, we performed common garden experiments with clonal accessions of C. juncea to compare a rust-susceptible weed biotype with a rust-resistant biotype, both of which are invasive in western North America. Inoculations with two biological control organisms, a rust fungus pathogen (Puccinia chondrillina) and an eriophyid gall mite (Eriophyes chondrillae), were applied separately and in combination to test if plant performance is modified by antagonistic or facilitative species interactions. We found no significant rust x mite interaction effects for several plant traits (shoot length, shoot dry biomass, fecundity, rosette growth, and rosette senescence), and therefore the two natural enemies appear to have independent and complementary effects on plant performance. However, rust inoculation reduced the total dry biomass of mite galls in the rust-susceptible biotype by indirect competition due to decreased growth of diseased shoots, but not in the rust-resistant biotype. Our results indicate that rust disease may have the potential to modify mite gall epidemiology and relative plant performance in mixed populations of resistant and susceptible C. juncea biotypes. In the second part of the study, a monitoring survey of C. juncea was conducted in southwest Oregon during 2006 to investigate natural associations in the distribution of damage caused by P. chondrillina, E. chondrillae, and the cecidomyiid gall midge Cystiphora schmidti. Mite galling was the most aggregated type of damage both within and among field sites. Analysis of an allometric relationship of shoot growth (biomass versus stem area) indicates that rust disease reduced C. juncea growth but only at high stand density, and in general rust disease was the most randomly distributed type of damage within sites. There was no evidence from the field survey to support a species interaction between the gall mite and the rust pathogen, but negative associations were detected between midge galling and the damage caused by both of the other natural enemies, which may indicate species interaction via rust and/or mite interference with C. schmidti oviposition. However, this potential antagonism was found only at high stand density with relatively high levels of damage caused by each natural enemy, and so the overall impact of biological control probably is not strongly diminished by enemy interference. The third part of the study was a mathematical model of inheritance and genetic equilibrium in meiotic diplospory, which is an unusual mechanism of gametophytic apomixis occurring in invasive populations of C. juncea and also in triploid dandelions (Taraxacum officinale). Crossing-over during prophase I of meiotic diplospory has the potential to generate genotypic diversity in apomictic lineages because it involves homologous recombination without fertilization ("subsexual reproduction"). I developed a stage-structured matrix model of inheritance in subsexual reproduction using a wide range of probabilities for recombination and mutation to assess the range of equilibrium conditions under which genotypic diversity is stable in obligately apomictic lines. The analysis supports predictions of genotypic diversity when rates of crossing-over and mutation are not highly imbalanced. Therefore subsexual reproduction remains mathematically plausible as a contributing factor to the quantitative variation in disease resistance and ecological traits of invasive C. juncea found in this study and others. Title: Ecology and biological control of an apomictic invasive plant, Chondrilla juncea (Asteraceae) Author: Campanella, Donald Michael A study consisting of three parts was undertaken to investigate how variation in species interactions, population genetic structure, epidemiological parameters, and plant breeding system may influence the ecology and biological control of an apomictic invasive plant, Chondrilla juncea (Asteraceae). Interactions between natural enemy species may modify their net effect on host plants, but little research has been done to examine how plant resistance influences species interactions in biological weed control. First, we performed common garden experiments with clonal accessions of C. juncea to compare a rust-susceptible weed biotype with a rust-resistant biotype, both of which are invasive in western North America. Inoculations with two biological control organisms, a rust fungus pathogen (Puccinia chondrillina) and an eriophyid gall mite (Eriophyes chondrillae), were applied separately and in combination to test if plant performance is modified by antagonistic or facilitative species interactions. We found no significant rust x mite interaction effects for several plant traits (shoot length, shoot dry biomass, fecundity, rosette growth, and rosette senescence), and therefore the two natural enemies appear to have independent and complementary effects on plant performance. However, rust inoculation reduced the total dry biomass of mite galls in the rust-susceptible biotype by indirect competition due to decreased growth of diseased shoots, but not in the rust-resistant biotype. Our results indicate that rust disease may have the potential to modify mite gall epidemiology and relative plant performance in mixed populations of resistant and susceptible C. juncea biotypes. In the second part of the study, a monitoring survey of C. juncea was conducted in southwest Oregon during 2006 to investigate natural associations in the distribution of damage caused by P. chondrillina, E. chondrillae, and the cecidomyiid gall midge Cystiphora schmidti. Mite galling was the most aggregated type of damage both within and among field sites. Analysis of an allometric relationship of shoot growth (biomass versus stem area) indicates that rust disease reduced C. juncea growth but only at high stand density, and in general rust disease was the most randomly distributed type of damage within sites. There was no evidence from the field survey to support a species interaction between the gall mite and the rust pathogen, but negative associations were detected between midge galling and the damage caused by both of the other natural enemies, which may indicate species interaction via rust and/or mite interference with C. schmidti oviposition. However, this potential antagonism was found only at high stand density with relatively high levels of damage caused by each natural enemy, and so the overall impact of biological control probably is not strongly diminished by enemy interference. The third part of the study was a mathematical model of inheritance and genetic equilibrium in meiotic diplospory, which is an unusual mechanism of gametophytic apomixis occurring in invasive populations of C. juncea and also in triploid dandelions (Taraxacum officinale). Crossing-over during prophase I of meiotic diplospory has the potential to generate genotypic diversity in apomictic lineages because it involves homologous recombination without fertilization ("subsexual reproduction"). I developed a stage-structured matrix model of inheritance in subsexual reproduction using a wide range of probabilities for recombination and mutation to assess the range of equilibrium conditions under which genotypic diversity is stable in obligately apomictic lines. The analysis supports predictions of genotypic diversity when rates of crossing-over and mutation are not highly imbalanced. Therefore subsexual reproduction remains mathematically plausible as a contributing factor to the quantitative variation in disease resistance and ecological traits of invasive C. juncea found in this study and others. Close

• 66. [Article] Trophic dynamics of marine nekton and zooplankton in the Northern California Current ecosystem

  The Northern California Current (NCC) ecosystem exhibits extreme seasonal, interannual and interdecadal shifts in the abiotic environment and shifts in primary and higher production. This variability is ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Trophic dynamics of marine nekton and zooplankton in the Northern California Current ecosystem Author: Miller, Todd William The Northern California Current (NCC) ecosystem exhibits extreme seasonal, interannual and interdecadal shifts in the abiotic environment and shifts in primary and higher production. This variability is also apparent in the spatial structure of the ecosystem with nearshore-shelf waters (<150 m isobath) being highly productive and having a different community structure relative to more offshore-slope (>150 m) waters. Very little is known of the trophic relationships between primary consumers and higher trophic levels within this system, and the potential influence of spatial gradients in productivity and community composition on trophic structure. This dissertation research covers several important aspects of trophic dynamics within the NCC ecosystem through the use of conventional dietary analysis and stable isotope analysis of multiple trophic levels. From June and August 2000 and 2002 cruises off the shelf-slope ecosystem from Northern California to central Oregon, I collected and analyzed the diets from 25 species of pelagic nekton (Chapter 2). Trophic groups were formed from agglomerative hierarchical cluster analysis of prey contribution to nekton diet, with cluster groups described by indicator species analysis. Seasonal, interannual and interdecadal comparisons in diet were examined for some nekton species. Results from general description of diets and cluster analysis showed clustering based primarily on prey of copepods, euphausiids, decapod larvae and larval-juvenile fishes, representing lower (copepods), middle (euphausiids and decapod larvae) and upper (larval-juvenile fishes) trophic groups, but that many species exhibited omnivory by feeding on prey several levels down the food web. Results from carbon and nitrogen stable isotope analysis (Chapter 3) support the general trophic structure observed through dietary analysis; that the copepod-euphausiid-larval/juvenile fish structure in the diets were generally observed in relative trophic position using δ15N. Carbon stable isotopes displayed signatures more indicative of onshore-offshore distribution of species (Chapter 4) with nearshore species of nekton and zooplankton being enriched in 13C relative to offshore. This provided an effective trophically-based delineation of the NCC pelagic food web. Although stable isotopes are effective tools for measuring relative trophic position and source production, the duration of time that stable isotopes are a measure of past trophic hsitory is not well known. To examine this, I conducted a laboratory-controlled experiment to examine the tissue-specific response of isotope δ15N to changes in isotopic signature of diet in an adult marine fish (Pacific herring, Clupea pallasi)(Chapter 5). To test which animal tissue was the most accurate measure of isotope shift I examined multiple tissues (eye, heart, liver, blood, and white muscle) and the importance of growth and metabolism in this shift. This study showed that (i) isotopic response of individual tissues following an isotopic shift in diet varied in both rate of change and fractionation level, (ii) most of this isotopic shift is due to growth, and (iii) white muscle and liver tissue appeared the most responsive to isotopic shift in diet, reaching isotopic equilibrium with diet in a matter of months (not years). The culmination of this dissertation in the context of trophic controls on the NCC ecosystem, and how they are different from other EBC systems are discussed in Chapter 6. Title: Trophic dynamics of marine nekton and zooplankton in the Northern California Current ecosystem Author: Miller, Todd William The Northern California Current (NCC) ecosystem exhibits extreme seasonal, interannual and interdecadal shifts in the abiotic environment and shifts in primary and higher production. This variability is also apparent in the spatial structure of the ecosystem with nearshore-shelf waters (<150 m isobath) being highly productive and having a different community structure relative to more offshore-slope (>150 m) waters. Very little is known of the trophic relationships between primary consumers and higher trophic levels within this system, and the potential influence of spatial gradients in productivity and community composition on trophic structure. This dissertation research covers several important aspects of trophic dynamics within the NCC ecosystem through the use of conventional dietary analysis and stable isotope analysis of multiple trophic levels. From June and August 2000 and 2002 cruises off the shelf-slope ecosystem from Northern California to central Oregon, I collected and analyzed the diets from 25 species of pelagic nekton (Chapter 2). Trophic groups were formed from agglomerative hierarchical cluster analysis of prey contribution to nekton diet, with cluster groups described by indicator species analysis. Seasonal, interannual and interdecadal comparisons in diet were examined for some nekton species. Results from general description of diets and cluster analysis showed clustering based primarily on prey of copepods, euphausiids, decapod larvae and larval-juvenile fishes, representing lower (copepods), middle (euphausiids and decapod larvae) and upper (larval-juvenile fishes) trophic groups, but that many species exhibited omnivory by feeding on prey several levels down the food web. Results from carbon and nitrogen stable isotope analysis (Chapter 3) support the general trophic structure observed through dietary analysis; that the copepod-euphausiid-larval/juvenile fish structure in the diets were generally observed in relative trophic position using δ15N. Carbon stable isotopes displayed signatures more indicative of onshore-offshore distribution of species (Chapter 4) with nearshore species of nekton and zooplankton being enriched in 13C relative to offshore. This provided an effective trophically-based delineation of the NCC pelagic food web. Although stable isotopes are effective tools for measuring relative trophic position and source production, the duration of time that stable isotopes are a measure of past trophic hsitory is not well known. To examine this, I conducted a laboratory-controlled experiment to examine the tissue-specific response of isotope δ15N to changes in isotopic signature of diet in an adult marine fish (Pacific herring, Clupea pallasi)(Chapter 5). To test which animal tissue was the most accurate measure of isotope shift I examined multiple tissues (eye, heart, liver, blood, and white muscle) and the importance of growth and metabolism in this shift. This study showed that (i) isotopic response of individual tissues following an isotopic shift in diet varied in both rate of change and fractionation level, (ii) most of this isotopic shift is due to growth, and (iii) white muscle and liver tissue appeared the most responsive to isotopic shift in diet, reaching isotopic equilibrium with diet in a matter of months (not years). The culmination of this dissertation in the context of trophic controls on the NCC ecosystem, and how they are different from other EBC systems are discussed in Chapter 6. Close

• 67. [Article] Reconnaissance botany of alpine ecosystems on Prince of Wales Island, southeast Alaska

  A study of the Prince of Wales Island alpine areas was undertaken to determine what species occur in the region and to describe plant communities making up the alpine vegetation. For one month in 1972, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Reconnaissance botany of alpine ecosystems on Prince of Wales Island, southeast Alaska Author: Jaques, Dennis Randall A study of the Prince of Wales Island alpine areas was undertaken to determine what species occur in the region and to describe plant communities making up the alpine vegetation. For one month in 1972, specimens were collected and 78 micro-plots were analyzed for cover, frequency and constancy data. Three basic habitat types were discovered, with different associations being recognized on calcareous and noncalcareous substrates. Alpine vegetation patterns are formed in a physiographically unstable area. However, where conditions remain favorable for a long enough period of time, a climatic climax of Empetrum-heath vegetation develops. Elsewhere topographic climax vegetation exists. The region is thought to have maintained a flora of significant proportions at least since early post-Pleistocene time. The presence of many disjunct species indicates that floral elements may have survived Pleistocene ice advances in various refugial sites. The west coast of Prince of Wales Island appears to have served as a small migration center following Pleistocene ice recession. Title: Reconnaissance botany of alpine ecosystems on Prince of Wales Island, southeast Alaska Author: Jaques, Dennis Randall A study of the Prince of Wales Island alpine areas was undertaken to determine what species occur in the region and to describe plant communities making up the alpine vegetation. For one month in 1972, specimens were collected and 78 micro-plots were analyzed for cover, frequency and constancy data. Three basic habitat types were discovered, with different associations being recognized on calcareous and noncalcareous substrates. Alpine vegetation patterns are formed in a physiographically unstable area. However, where conditions remain favorable for a long enough period of time, a climatic climax of Empetrum-heath vegetation develops. Elsewhere topographic climax vegetation exists. The region is thought to have maintained a flora of significant proportions at least since early post-Pleistocene time. The presence of many disjunct species indicates that floral elements may have survived Pleistocene ice advances in various refugial sites. The west coast of Prince of Wales Island appears to have served as a small migration center following Pleistocene ice recession. Close

• 68. [Article] El Nino related variations in nutrient and chlorophyll distributions off Oregon

  The Oregon continental shelf waters are typically characterized by four to five major upwelling events that occur between May and October. The upwelled water is rich in nutrients, which fuels an increase ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: El Nino related variations in nutrient and chlorophyll distributions off Oregon Author: Corwith, Holly L. The Oregon continental shelf waters are typically characterized by four to five major upwelling events that occur between May and October. The upwelled water is rich in nutrients, which fuels an increase in phytoplankton biomass. The onset of El Nino, however, can disrupt the normal physical processes along the Oregon coastline by decreasing upwelling, thereby potentially changing the distribution of nutrients and chlorophyll in this region. As part of the Eastern North Pacific GLOBEC program, we have examined the direct effect of El Nino on nutrient and chlorophyll distributions along the Oregon coast. We sampled chlorophyll and nutrients (phosphate, silicate, nitrate, nitrite, and ammonium) from September 1997 through July 1999 along 4 lines from 40°52.0' to 44°39.1'. Results showed that the shelf was nitrate limited, and chlorophyll concentrations were significantly lower off Newport during the El Nino summer. The percentage of large sized cells (> 10 gm) was decreased to 23% of the total population, as compared to 92% found during the more typical upwelling conditions in August. 1998, which indicates a species composition change occurred during the El Nino period. The slope and offshore waters were less affected by the El Nino conditions during the upwelling season. Title: El Nino related variations in nutrient and chlorophyll distributions off Oregon Author: Corwith, Holly L. The Oregon continental shelf waters are typically characterized by four to five major upwelling events that occur between May and October. The upwelled water is rich in nutrients, which fuels an increase in phytoplankton biomass. The onset of El Nino, however, can disrupt the normal physical processes along the Oregon coastline by decreasing upwelling, thereby potentially changing the distribution of nutrients and chlorophyll in this region. As part of the Eastern North Pacific GLOBEC program, we have examined the direct effect of El Nino on nutrient and chlorophyll distributions along the Oregon coast. We sampled chlorophyll and nutrients (phosphate, silicate, nitrate, nitrite, and ammonium) from September 1997 through July 1999 along 4 lines from 40°52.0' to 44°39.1'. Results showed that the shelf was nitrate limited, and chlorophyll concentrations were significantly lower off Newport during the El Nino summer. The percentage of large sized cells (> 10 gm) was decreased to 23% of the total population, as compared to 92% found during the more typical upwelling conditions in August. 1998, which indicates a species composition change occurred during the El Nino period. The slope and offshore waters were less affected by the El Nino conditions during the upwelling season. Close

• 69. [Article] Lidar-derived canopy architecture predicts brown creeper occupancy of two western coniferous forests

  This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by The Cooper Ornithological Society and can be found at: http://www.cooper.org/.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Lidar-derived canopy architecture predicts brown creeper occupancy of two western coniferous forests Author: Vogeler, Jody C., Vierling, Lee A., Vierling, Kerri T., Hudak, Andrew T. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by The Cooper Ornithological Society and can be found at: http://www.cooper.org/. Title: Lidar-derived canopy architecture predicts brown creeper occupancy of two western coniferous forests Author: Vogeler, Jody C., Vierling, Lee A., Vierling, Kerri T., Hudak, Andrew T. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by The Cooper Ornithological Society and can be found at: http://www.cooper.org/. Close

• 70. [Article] Species associations and redundancy in relation to biological hotspots within the northern California Current ecosystem

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Species associations and redundancy in relation to biological hotspots within the northern California Current ecosystem Author: Reese, Douglas C., Brodeur, Richard D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-marine-systems/. Title: Species associations and redundancy in relation to biological hotspots within the northern California Current ecosystem Author: Reese, Douglas C., Brodeur, Richard D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Elsevier and can be found at: http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-marine-systems/. Close

• 71. [Article] Effects of pesticides on amphibians with special reference to the pyrethroid insecticide, cypermethrin

  Pollution by pesticides is a ubiquitous concern for wildlife. The effects of pesticides are especially concerning in aquatic environments, which are particularly vulnerable as they have several exposure ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Effects of pesticides on amphibians with special reference to the pyrethroid insecticide, cypermethrin Author: Biga, Lindsay M. Pollution by pesticides is a ubiquitous concern for wildlife. The effects of pesticides are especially concerning in aquatic environments, which are particularly vulnerable as they have several exposure routes for the influx of chemicals. These effects are of particular concern as biodiversity loss reaches unprecedented rates. This includes recent declines of amphibian populations and loss of amphibian species. Pesticide exposure may contribute to some amphibian populations and extinctions. This dissertation explores the effects of pesticides on amphibians, with particular reference to the pyrethroid insecticide cypermethrin. I first synthesized acute toxicity data of pesticides for amphibians from the literature (Chapter 2). Using 96h LC50 values for amphibian larvae exposed to insecticides, herbicides, and fungicides, I determined that amphibian species cannot be systematically classified as sensitive or tolerant to pesticides. Rather, relative acute lethal toxicities varied among species and between chemicals and types of pesticides even within a species, indicating that no amphibian species from this analysis can represent anticipated toxic effects to all amphibians. I next examined the differences in sensitivity to cypermethrin among three developmental stages for three anuran (frog) species (Chapter 3). I experimentally exposed embryos, recently hatched larvae and larvae with limb buds to cypermethrin in the laboratory. Exposure to cypermethrin had lethal and sublethal effects on some species and stages, but not all. The Pacific treefrog (Pseudacris regilla) was the most sensitive species and the early larval stage was the most sensitive for these three species. Additionally, cypermethrin exposure induced abnormal behavior in response to prodding for some species and stages. These results indicate differences in sensitivity to cypermethrin among species of amphibians. To further understand differences in sensitivity to pesticides among amphibians, I compared how three populations of P. regilla responded to cypermethrin exposure (Chapter 4). I performed a time-to-death assay in the laboratory, exposing newly hatched larvae from each population to cypermethrin under identical conditions. All populations had high rates of mortality when exposed to cypermethrin compared to unexposed controls and populations varied in the time to death. Moreover, exposed individuals were smaller than unexposed controls. Interestingly, population sensitivity did not appear to be associated with proximity to agriculture, but rather with elevation gradient, indicating that an evolved tolerance to pesticide exposure is not the mechanism for the differences in sensitivity observed here. To investigate the effects of cypermethrin on amphibians within a community context, I studied exposure in mesocosms (Chapter 5). I set up semi-natural aquatic ponds in enclosures that contained zooplankton, phytoplankton, and periphyton along with amphibian larvae. I experimentally exposed these mesocosms to cypermethrin and measured the effects on the amphibians and the other members of the community. Cypermethrin affected the entire aquatic community, even at the lowest dose, indicating the direct and indirect deleterious effects of cypermethrin on both invertebrate and vertebrate species in an aquatic community. This dissertation provides needed data on the effects of the pyrethroid insecticide cypermethrin on amphibians and their communities. Understanding the toxicity of newer, commonly used pesticides to non-target organisms is important as conservation biologists and managers make efforts to combat future amphibian population declines which may be associated with chemicals in the environment. Title: Effects of pesticides on amphibians with special reference to the pyrethroid insecticide, cypermethrin Author: Biga, Lindsay M. Pollution by pesticides is a ubiquitous concern for wildlife. The effects of pesticides are especially concerning in aquatic environments, which are particularly vulnerable as they have several exposure routes for the influx of chemicals. These effects are of particular concern as biodiversity loss reaches unprecedented rates. This includes recent declines of amphibian populations and loss of amphibian species. Pesticide exposure may contribute to some amphibian populations and extinctions. This dissertation explores the effects of pesticides on amphibians, with particular reference to the pyrethroid insecticide cypermethrin. I first synthesized acute toxicity data of pesticides for amphibians from the literature (Chapter 2). Using 96h LC50 values for amphibian larvae exposed to insecticides, herbicides, and fungicides, I determined that amphibian species cannot be systematically classified as sensitive or tolerant to pesticides. Rather, relative acute lethal toxicities varied among species and between chemicals and types of pesticides even within a species, indicating that no amphibian species from this analysis can represent anticipated toxic effects to all amphibians. I next examined the differences in sensitivity to cypermethrin among three developmental stages for three anuran (frog) species (Chapter 3). I experimentally exposed embryos, recently hatched larvae and larvae with limb buds to cypermethrin in the laboratory. Exposure to cypermethrin had lethal and sublethal effects on some species and stages, but not all. The Pacific treefrog (Pseudacris regilla) was the most sensitive species and the early larval stage was the most sensitive for these three species. Additionally, cypermethrin exposure induced abnormal behavior in response to prodding for some species and stages. These results indicate differences in sensitivity to cypermethrin among species of amphibians. To further understand differences in sensitivity to pesticides among amphibians, I compared how three populations of P. regilla responded to cypermethrin exposure (Chapter 4). I performed a time-to-death assay in the laboratory, exposing newly hatched larvae from each population to cypermethrin under identical conditions. All populations had high rates of mortality when exposed to cypermethrin compared to unexposed controls and populations varied in the time to death. Moreover, exposed individuals were smaller than unexposed controls. Interestingly, population sensitivity did not appear to be associated with proximity to agriculture, but rather with elevation gradient, indicating that an evolved tolerance to pesticide exposure is not the mechanism for the differences in sensitivity observed here. To investigate the effects of cypermethrin on amphibians within a community context, I studied exposure in mesocosms (Chapter 5). I set up semi-natural aquatic ponds in enclosures that contained zooplankton, phytoplankton, and periphyton along with amphibian larvae. I experimentally exposed these mesocosms to cypermethrin and measured the effects on the amphibians and the other members of the community. Cypermethrin affected the entire aquatic community, even at the lowest dose, indicating the direct and indirect deleterious effects of cypermethrin on both invertebrate and vertebrate species in an aquatic community. This dissertation provides needed data on the effects of the pyrethroid insecticide cypermethrin on amphibians and their communities. Understanding the toxicity of newer, commonly used pesticides to non-target organisms is important as conservation biologists and managers make efforts to combat future amphibian population declines which may be associated with chemicals in the environment. Close

• 72. [Article] Habitat use and movement behavior of Pacific marten (Martes caurina) in response to forest management practices in Lassen National Forest, California

  Some of the most pressing conservation concerns involve declining populations of species with low fecundity and highly specialized foraging and reproductive requirements. Yet, we often lack a functional ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Habitat use and movement behavior of Pacific marten (Martes caurina) in response to forest management practices in Lassen National Forest, California Author: Moriarty, Katie M. Some of the most pressing conservation concerns involve declining populations of species with low fecundity and highly specialized foraging and reproductive requirements. Yet, we often lack a functional understanding of how individuals of those species interact with their environment, specifically how their movement is affected by human-induced changes. In order to maintain connectivity and viable populations, public land managers require science to inform how changes in structure affect the individual movements and thus population connectivity of sensitive species. I collected detailed movement data on Pacific martens (Martes caurina) in Lassen National Forest, California, during 2010-2013. Martens are small carnivores that are closely associated with old forest elements (e.g., large snags and logs). Marten populations rapidly decline with loss and fragmentation of forest cover. As such, martens are a U.S. Forest Service Management Indicator Species and a Species of Special Concern in the state of California. My goal was to understand martens' behavior in forest patches that were altered by thinning to remove ladder fuels-small diameter trees, understory vegetation, and branches near the ground. Such fuels treatments are increasingly prevalent on public lands, especially in dry forests, to reduce risk of high-severity and high-intensity fire. Although previous research suggested martens selection for dense forest and avoid gaps in forest cover, no information was available describing martens' use of simplified thinned patches. The objectives of my dissertation were to: (1) test whether marten movement and activity could accurately be measured using miniature GPS collars, and (2) evaluate marten use, selection, and behavior in patches that differed in structural complexity. Global positioning system (GPS) telemetry provides opportunities to collect detailed information from free-ranging animals with a high degree of precision and accuracy. Miniature GPS collars (42-60g) have only been available since 2009 for mammals and have not been consistently effective. Furthermore, all GPS units suffer from non-random data loss and location error, which is often exacerbated by dense vegetation. Given these constraints, it was questionable whether GPS collars would be an effective tool for studying martens. In Chapter 1, I evaluated how satellite data and environmental conditions affected performance of GPS units. I used a paired experimental design and programmed the GPS unit to retain or remove satellite data before attempting a location (fix). I found that short intervals between fix attempts significantly increased the likelihood of fix success. Locations estimated using at least 4 satellites were, on average, within 28 m of the actual location regardless of vegetation cover. Thus, location estimates at short intervals with >4 satellites were not typically biased by dense vegetation. Accurate fine-scale information on martens was necessary to quantify and interpret patch use and habitat selection. I evaluated martens’ use and behavior in three forest patch types that differed in structural complexity (complex, simple, and open). In Chapter 2, I quantified use patch use in two seasons–summer and winter. I used food-titration experiments to standardize motivation of martens to enter different patch types and compared these short-term incentivized experiments with year-round observational telemetry data (GPS and very high frequency telemetry). Martens selected complex patches and avoided both simple patches and openings, but not equivalently–openings were strongly avoided. With baited incentive, martens were more likely to enter simple patches and openings during winter, when deep snow was present. Because marten patch use differed during winter, I concluded that researchers should use caution when using seasonally collected data to create year-round habitat models. Overall, movement was most limited during summer when predation risk likely deterred martens from moving through simple patches and openings. In Chapter 3, I quantified habitat selection and marten behavior using fine-scale movement data. I evaluated movement-based habitat selection at two scales: (1) selection of home ranges within landscapes and (2) selection of patches within the home ranges. I characterized marten movement patterns and tested whether variance, speed, and sinuosity of movements differed by patch, sex, and season. Martens selected home ranges with fewer openings than available in the landscape, and selected complex patches over simple patches and openings within their home range. On average, martens moved approximately 7 km per day and greater than 1 km per hour – which is notably high for a 600-1000g mammal. Martens moved more slowly, consistently, and sinuously in complex patches. In openings, martens traveled linearly with greater variance in their speed. In simple patches, movement generally was linear and rapid with some variation. I hypothesized that martens used complex patches for foraging and acquisition of resources, traveled through simple patches with the potential for infrequent foraging bouts, and very infrequently crossed openings. Although I found some differences in movement behavior between sexes and seasons, behavior was generally consistent for both sexes in different patch types. I provide general conclusions in Chapter 4 and discuss considerations for future research and management. Title: Habitat use and movement behavior of Pacific marten (Martes caurina) in response to forest management practices in Lassen National Forest, California Author: Moriarty, Katie M. Some of the most pressing conservation concerns involve declining populations of species with low fecundity and highly specialized foraging and reproductive requirements. Yet, we often lack a functional understanding of how individuals of those species interact with their environment, specifically how their movement is affected by human-induced changes. In order to maintain connectivity and viable populations, public land managers require science to inform how changes in structure affect the individual movements and thus population connectivity of sensitive species. I collected detailed movement data on Pacific martens (Martes caurina) in Lassen National Forest, California, during 2010-2013. Martens are small carnivores that are closely associated with old forest elements (e.g., large snags and logs). Marten populations rapidly decline with loss and fragmentation of forest cover. As such, martens are a U.S. Forest Service Management Indicator Species and a Species of Special Concern in the state of California. My goal was to understand martens' behavior in forest patches that were altered by thinning to remove ladder fuels-small diameter trees, understory vegetation, and branches near the ground. Such fuels treatments are increasingly prevalent on public lands, especially in dry forests, to reduce risk of high-severity and high-intensity fire. Although previous research suggested martens selection for dense forest and avoid gaps in forest cover, no information was available describing martens' use of simplified thinned patches. The objectives of my dissertation were to: (1) test whether marten movement and activity could accurately be measured using miniature GPS collars, and (2) evaluate marten use, selection, and behavior in patches that differed in structural complexity. Global positioning system (GPS) telemetry provides opportunities to collect detailed information from free-ranging animals with a high degree of precision and accuracy. Miniature GPS collars (42-60g) have only been available since 2009 for mammals and have not been consistently effective. Furthermore, all GPS units suffer from non-random data loss and location error, which is often exacerbated by dense vegetation. Given these constraints, it was questionable whether GPS collars would be an effective tool for studying martens. In Chapter 1, I evaluated how satellite data and environmental conditions affected performance of GPS units. I used a paired experimental design and programmed the GPS unit to retain or remove satellite data before attempting a location (fix). I found that short intervals between fix attempts significantly increased the likelihood of fix success. Locations estimated using at least 4 satellites were, on average, within 28 m of the actual location regardless of vegetation cover. Thus, location estimates at short intervals with >4 satellites were not typically biased by dense vegetation. Accurate fine-scale information on martens was necessary to quantify and interpret patch use and habitat selection. I evaluated martens’ use and behavior in three forest patch types that differed in structural complexity (complex, simple, and open). In Chapter 2, I quantified use patch use in two seasons–summer and winter. I used food-titration experiments to standardize motivation of martens to enter different patch types and compared these short-term incentivized experiments with year-round observational telemetry data (GPS and very high frequency telemetry). Martens selected complex patches and avoided both simple patches and openings, but not equivalently–openings were strongly avoided. With baited incentive, martens were more likely to enter simple patches and openings during winter, when deep snow was present. Because marten patch use differed during winter, I concluded that researchers should use caution when using seasonally collected data to create year-round habitat models. Overall, movement was most limited during summer when predation risk likely deterred martens from moving through simple patches and openings. In Chapter 3, I quantified habitat selection and marten behavior using fine-scale movement data. I evaluated movement-based habitat selection at two scales: (1) selection of home ranges within landscapes and (2) selection of patches within the home ranges. I characterized marten movement patterns and tested whether variance, speed, and sinuosity of movements differed by patch, sex, and season. Martens selected home ranges with fewer openings than available in the landscape, and selected complex patches over simple patches and openings within their home range. On average, martens moved approximately 7 km per day and greater than 1 km per hour – which is notably high for a 600-1000g mammal. Martens moved more slowly, consistently, and sinuously in complex patches. In openings, martens traveled linearly with greater variance in their speed. In simple patches, movement generally was linear and rapid with some variation. I hypothesized that martens used complex patches for foraging and acquisition of resources, traveled through simple patches with the potential for infrequent foraging bouts, and very infrequently crossed openings. Although I found some differences in movement behavior between sexes and seasons, behavior was generally consistent for both sexes in different patch types. I provide general conclusions in Chapter 4 and discuss considerations for future research and management. Close

• 73. [Article] Species Diversification in Aquaculture: a Global Assessment

  Suggested Bibliographic Reference: Challenging New Frontiers in the Global Seafood Sector: Proceedings of the Eighteenth Biennial Conference of the International Institute of Fisheries Economics and Trade, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Species Diversification in Aquaculture: a Global Assessment Author: Zhou, Xiaowei, Yan, Xue, Cai, Junning Year: 2016 Suggested Bibliographic Reference: Challenging New Frontiers in the Global Seafood Sector: Proceedings of the Eighteenth Biennial Conference of the International Institute of Fisheries Economics and Trade, July 11-15, 2016. Compiled by Stefani J. Evers and Ann L. Shriver. International Institute of Fisheries Economics and Trade (IIFET), Corvallis, 2016. Title: Species Diversification in Aquaculture: a Global Assessment Author: Zhou, Xiaowei, Yan, Xue, Cai, Junning Year: 2016 Suggested Bibliographic Reference: Challenging New Frontiers in the Global Seafood Sector: Proceedings of the Eighteenth Biennial Conference of the International Institute of Fisheries Economics and Trade, July 11-15, 2016. Compiled by Stefani J. Evers and Ann L. Shriver. International Institute of Fisheries Economics and Trade (IIFET), Corvallis, 2016. Close

• 74. [Article] Geographic variation in Dunn's salamander Plethodon dunni Bishop (Amphibia:Caudata:Plethodontidae)

  Life history attributes and apparent distributional patterns suggest that Plethodon dunni exists as small, semi-isolated populations throughout its range. Isozyme and morphological variation in this species ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Geographic variation in Dunn's salamander Plethodon dunni Bishop (Amphibia:Caudata:Plethodontidae) Author: Hanlin, Hugh Grady Life history attributes and apparent distributional patterns suggest that Plethodon dunni exists as small, semi-isolated populations throughout its range. Isozyme and morphological variation in this species was examined to determine any possible geographic trends. Starch gel electrophoresis was utilized to examine genetic variation at 24 isozyme loci in 287 individuals from 12 populations to determine the genetic structure of populations of this species. Low total genetic variability was observed. However, this variability is partitioned into relatively low genetic heterozygosity within populations and proportionally high diversity between populations. It is concluded that this geographically restricted species is characterized by small local populations with little gene flow. Comparisons with previous reports of Plethodon species indicate that the high genetic divergence between local populations is apparently general for species in this genus. There is marked reduction in heterozygosity with peripheral populations of P. dunni, which may result from the reduction in genetic exchange from surrounding populations in peripheral as ccmpared to central populations. No indication of additional structural genes associated with the increased DNA in P. dunni was found. Morphological variation in 10 populations was examined via stepwise discriminant analyses. Considerable overlap of individuals' canonical scores and only moderately correct classifications into groups indicate that phenotypic expression in this species is exceedingly similar. However, on a fine scale there is significant heterogeneity between all populations. Generalized distance values (D²) between the P. dunni populations are high, particularly when compared to those of Aneides ferreus, a wider-ranging, more ubiquitous sympatric species. Clinal variation in morphological divergence was observed and was highly correlated with a similar cline in allele frequencies of EST-2. It is concluded that the phenotypic structuring of populations of P. dunni is consistent with the structuring observed via electrophoresis and that this species is characterized by small, localized populations throughout its range. Title: Geographic variation in Dunn's salamander Plethodon dunni Bishop (Amphibia:Caudata:Plethodontidae) Author: Hanlin, Hugh Grady Life history attributes and apparent distributional patterns suggest that Plethodon dunni exists as small, semi-isolated populations throughout its range. Isozyme and morphological variation in this species was examined to determine any possible geographic trends. Starch gel electrophoresis was utilized to examine genetic variation at 24 isozyme loci in 287 individuals from 12 populations to determine the genetic structure of populations of this species. Low total genetic variability was observed. However, this variability is partitioned into relatively low genetic heterozygosity within populations and proportionally high diversity between populations. It is concluded that this geographically restricted species is characterized by small local populations with little gene flow. Comparisons with previous reports of Plethodon species indicate that the high genetic divergence between local populations is apparently general for species in this genus. There is marked reduction in heterozygosity with peripheral populations of P. dunni, which may result from the reduction in genetic exchange from surrounding populations in peripheral as ccmpared to central populations. No indication of additional structural genes associated with the increased DNA in P. dunni was found. Morphological variation in 10 populations was examined via stepwise discriminant analyses. Considerable overlap of individuals' canonical scores and only moderately correct classifications into groups indicate that phenotypic expression in this species is exceedingly similar. However, on a fine scale there is significant heterogeneity between all populations. Generalized distance values (D²) between the P. dunni populations are high, particularly when compared to those of Aneides ferreus, a wider-ranging, more ubiquitous sympatric species. Clinal variation in morphological divergence was observed and was highly correlated with a similar cline in allele frequencies of EST-2. It is concluded that the phenotypic structuring of populations of P. dunni is consistent with the structuring observed via electrophoresis and that this species is characterized by small, localized populations throughout its range. Close

• 75. [Article] Age, growth and maturity of the longnose skate (Raja rhina) for the U.S. west coast and sensitivity to fishing impacts

  In the past, sharks, skates and ray species have mainly occurred in incidental fisheries. Now they are increasingly being directly targeted due to the depleted status of traditionally targeted species. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Age, growth and maturity of the longnose skate (Raja rhina) for the U.S. west coast and sensitivity to fishing impacts Author: Thompson, Josie E. In the past, sharks, skates and ray species have mainly occurred in incidental fisheries. Now they are increasingly being directly targeted due to the depleted status of traditionally targeted species. The life history characteristics of many elasmobranch species make them more sensitive to high rates of fishing mortality. The combination of these factors has resulted in the known local depletion of several elasmobranch species; including the barndoor skate, Raja laevis, of the Northwest Atlantic and the common skate, Raja batis, of Irish Sea. The longnose skate, Raja rhina, occurs commonly as incidental catch in trawl fisheries off the coast of California, Oregon and Washington. Commercial landings of skates, including R. rhina, have increased dramatically along the U.S. West coast. The objectives of this study have been to calculate accurate growth and maturity parameters for Raja rhina in order that the vulnerability of this species to fishing mortality can be assessed. The slow growth rates (k=0.04 to 0.06) and late ages-at-50% maturity (11 to 16 years with maximum ages between 15 and 22 years, depending on sex and region) which were calculated indicate that this species may be at great risk of depletion in the future. Survey biomass trends indicate that R. rhina populations have remained stable over the past twenty years. However, the possibility that biomass levels in the distant past were much higher than they are at present cannot be ruled out. It is recommended that the collection of fishery-dependent data for this species and other skate species begins immediately. This information, along with the results found in this are needed for a proper assessment for Raja rhina, so that the effects of current fishing pressures can be evaluated and regulated appropriately. Title: Age, growth and maturity of the longnose skate (Raja rhina) for the U.S. west coast and sensitivity to fishing impacts Author: Thompson, Josie E. In the past, sharks, skates and ray species have mainly occurred in incidental fisheries. Now they are increasingly being directly targeted due to the depleted status of traditionally targeted species. The life history characteristics of many elasmobranch species make them more sensitive to high rates of fishing mortality. The combination of these factors has resulted in the known local depletion of several elasmobranch species; including the barndoor skate, Raja laevis, of the Northwest Atlantic and the common skate, Raja batis, of Irish Sea. The longnose skate, Raja rhina, occurs commonly as incidental catch in trawl fisheries off the coast of California, Oregon and Washington. Commercial landings of skates, including R. rhina, have increased dramatically along the U.S. West coast. The objectives of this study have been to calculate accurate growth and maturity parameters for Raja rhina in order that the vulnerability of this species to fishing mortality can be assessed. The slow growth rates (k=0.04 to 0.06) and late ages-at-50% maturity (11 to 16 years with maximum ages between 15 and 22 years, depending on sex and region) which were calculated indicate that this species may be at great risk of depletion in the future. Survey biomass trends indicate that R. rhina populations have remained stable over the past twenty years. However, the possibility that biomass levels in the distant past were much higher than they are at present cannot be ruled out. It is recommended that the collection of fishery-dependent data for this species and other skate species begins immediately. This information, along with the results found in this are needed for a proper assessment for Raja rhina, so that the effects of current fishing pressures can be evaluated and regulated appropriately. Close

• 76. [Article] The morphology and taxonomic significance of the male genitalia of Coenonycha (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae)

  The genus Coenonycha contains 30 described species of small to medium sized scarabs. They are found in the arid and semi-arid regions of western United States and northern Baja California. The adults feed ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: The morphology and taxonomic significance of the male genitalia of Coenonycha (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) Author: Davidson, Jean Hoyt Puckle The genus Coenonycha contains 30 described species of small to medium sized scarabs. They are found in the arid and semi-arid regions of western United States and northern Baja California. The adults feed at night on several genera of xerophylous plants. An examination of the male genitalia of the 19 long-winged species indicates that the internal sac possesses characters which are stable within a species and are, therefore, taxonomically useful. These structures are a dorsal, toothed, knob-like sclerite and from one to four spinose fields on the enlarged portion of the sac. Variation in these structures within a species occurs in the number of teeth on the knob and spines in the fields. Sixteen new species of Coenonycha were discovered in the course of this study. They are indicated by letter in the text and phenetic tree and will be described elsewhere. The male genitalic structures of the 19 long-winged species are described in detail and illustrated. A key to these species, using primarily the basal knob and spinose fields is included. In addition, a key (modified from Cazier and Mc Clay, 1943) to all the described species of Coenonycha, using characters such as color, pilosity, clypeal reflection and pronatal punctation is provided. A key to the North American genera of Macrodacylini using the parameres, basal piece, basal apodeme, genital segment, and internal sac shows the diversity of genitalic structures in the tribe. Coenonycha, Dichelonyx, and Gymnopyge are presently placed with Macrodactylus and Isonychus in the Macrodactylini. Based on genitalic, larval, spiracular, and adult external morphological structures, Coenonycha, Dichelonyx, and Gymnopyge should be separated from the Macrodactylini and placed in the tribe Dichelonychini. Title: The morphology and taxonomic significance of the male genitalia of Coenonycha (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) Author: Davidson, Jean Hoyt Puckle The genus Coenonycha contains 30 described species of small to medium sized scarabs. They are found in the arid and semi-arid regions of western United States and northern Baja California. The adults feed at night on several genera of xerophylous plants. An examination of the male genitalia of the 19 long-winged species indicates that the internal sac possesses characters which are stable within a species and are, therefore, taxonomically useful. These structures are a dorsal, toothed, knob-like sclerite and from one to four spinose fields on the enlarged portion of the sac. Variation in these structures within a species occurs in the number of teeth on the knob and spines in the fields. Sixteen new species of Coenonycha were discovered in the course of this study. They are indicated by letter in the text and phenetic tree and will be described elsewhere. The male genitalic structures of the 19 long-winged species are described in detail and illustrated. A key to these species, using primarily the basal knob and spinose fields is included. In addition, a key (modified from Cazier and Mc Clay, 1943) to all the described species of Coenonycha, using characters such as color, pilosity, clypeal reflection and pronatal punctation is provided. A key to the North American genera of Macrodacylini using the parameres, basal piece, basal apodeme, genital segment, and internal sac shows the diversity of genitalic structures in the tribe. Coenonycha, Dichelonyx, and Gymnopyge are presently placed with Macrodactylus and Isonychus in the Macrodactylini. Based on genitalic, larval, spiracular, and adult external morphological structures, Coenonycha, Dichelonyx, and Gymnopyge should be separated from the Macrodactylini and placed in the tribe Dichelonychini. Close

• 77. [Article] Behavior of Nine Species of Pacific Rockfish after Hook-and-Line Capture, Recompression, and Release

  We evaluated the effect of barotrauma on the behavior of nine species of Pacific rockfish Sebastes spp. after hook-and-line capture and release using a video-equipped underwater release cage. Sampling ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Behavior of Nine Species of Pacific Rockfish after Hook-and-Line Capture, Recompression, and Release Author: Hannah, Robert W., Matteson, Keith M. We evaluated the effect of barotrauma on the behavior of nine species of Pacific rockfish Sebastes spp. after hook-and-line capture and release using a video-equipped underwater release cage. Sampling was conducted across a range of bottom depths (12-194 m), mostly where barotrauma resulting from an expanded swim bladder and gaseous release of dissolved blood gases would be expected. Behavioral impairment from barotrauma was depth related but highly species specific. Increased depth of capture was associated with lower behavioral scores for black rockfish S. melanops, blue rockfish S. mystinus, and yelloweye rockfish S. ruberrimus, but not for canary rockfish S. pinniger. Behaviorally impaired fish showed a decreased ability to maintain vertical orientation and were slower in exiting the release cage. Species differed in the degree of behavioral impairment resulting from barotrauma and in how rapidly behavioral impairment increased with depth of capture. When captured at depths between 40 and 99 m, blue rockfish showed the most serious behavioral impairment, 8 of 18 (44%) failing to swim away at the time of release and simply drifting off in a sideways or upside-down posture. In the same depth range all of the other species sampled showed only moderate behavioral impairment, which is indicative of some potential for survival after discard by the fishery. Surface observations of the external signs of barotrauma were variable among species and were poor indicators of which species would show behavioral impairment upon release at depth. Within individual species, however, the external signs of barotrauma were associated with an increased probability of behavioral impairment at time of release. Title: Behavior of Nine Species of Pacific Rockfish after Hook-and-Line Capture, Recompression, and Release Author: Hannah, Robert W., Matteson, Keith M. We evaluated the effect of barotrauma on the behavior of nine species of Pacific rockfish Sebastes spp. after hook-and-line capture and release using a video-equipped underwater release cage. Sampling was conducted across a range of bottom depths (12-194 m), mostly where barotrauma resulting from an expanded swim bladder and gaseous release of dissolved blood gases would be expected. Behavioral impairment from barotrauma was depth related but highly species specific. Increased depth of capture was associated with lower behavioral scores for black rockfish S. melanops, blue rockfish S. mystinus, and yelloweye rockfish S. ruberrimus, but not for canary rockfish S. pinniger. Behaviorally impaired fish showed a decreased ability to maintain vertical orientation and were slower in exiting the release cage. Species differed in the degree of behavioral impairment resulting from barotrauma and in how rapidly behavioral impairment increased with depth of capture. When captured at depths between 40 and 99 m, blue rockfish showed the most serious behavioral impairment, 8 of 18 (44%) failing to swim away at the time of release and simply drifting off in a sideways or upside-down posture. In the same depth range all of the other species sampled showed only moderate behavioral impairment, which is indicative of some potential for survival after discard by the fishery. Surface observations of the external signs of barotrauma were variable among species and were poor indicators of which species would show behavioral impairment upon release at depth. Within individual species, however, the external signs of barotrauma were associated with an increased probability of behavioral impairment at time of release. Close

• 78. [Article] Pathogenicity and Virulence of Pythium Species Obtained from Forest Nursery Soils on Douglas-Fir Seedlings

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by [publisher] ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Pathogenicity and Virulence of Pythium Species Obtained from Forest Nursery Soils on Douglas-Fir Seedlings Author: Davis, Anne, Beck, Bryan R., Weiland, Jerry E. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by [publisher] and can be found at: https://www.apsnet.org/publications/Pages/default.aspx. Title: Pathogenicity and Virulence of Pythium Species Obtained from Forest Nursery Soils on Douglas-Fir Seedlings Author: Davis, Anne, Beck, Bryan R., Weiland, Jerry E. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by [publisher] and can be found at: https://www.apsnet.org/publications/Pages/default.aspx. Close

• 79. [Article] Resveratrol Influence on Lifespan among Caenorhabditis Elegans Genetic Variants & Implications for Personalized Medicine

  46 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Human Physiology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Resveratrol Influence on Lifespan among Caenorhabditis Elegans Genetic Variants & Implications for Personalized Medicine Author: Caul, Tela Amber Year: 2017 46 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Human Physiology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, Spring 2017 Title: Resveratrol Influence on Lifespan among Caenorhabditis Elegans Genetic Variants & Implications for Personalized Medicine Author: Caul, Tela Amber Year: 2017 46 pages. A thesis presented to the Department of Human Physiology and the Clark Honors College of the University of Oregon in partial fulfillment of the requirements for degree of Bachelor of Science, Spring 2017 Close

• 80. [Article] Plant community dynamics in remnant and restored Willamette Valley wetland prairies

  Invasion by exotic species can pose a major challenge for developing native plant communities in wetland restoration projects. Often native plant communities do not develop as anticipated in restored wetlands ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Plant community dynamics in remnant and restored Willamette Valley wetland prairies Author: Schwindt, Rachel A. Invasion by exotic species can pose a major challenge for developing native plant communities in wetland restoration projects. Often native plant communities do not develop as anticipated in restored wetlands due to colonization by exotic species that dominate the native plant community. Despite the time and expense to restore wetlands, there has been little long term research to compare plant communities in restored and natural wetland sites. Research into plant community diversity across several wetland sites over several years can provide a broader perspective into how these ecosystems recover from long-term disturbance. The objective of this study was to compare plant community change from 2000 to 2005 between restored and remnant wetland prairie sites in the southern Willamette Valley in Oregon to determine if exotic species abundance was consistent between these groups. Specific objectives included 1) comparing the diversity and abundance of all species in remnant and restored wetland prairie sites, 2) evaluate the trajectory of community change between remnant and restored wetland prairie sites to determine if there was rapid change in restored sites, and 3) describe the plot level heterogeneity of the plant community in all sites to determine how microsites influence diversity. In 2005, species abundance was re-measured in four remnant wetland prairies and four restored wetland prairies that had been selected for an unrelated vegetation survey in 2000. Species were characterized by life form, origin, and wetland indicator status. Species abundance between groups of remnant and restored sites were compared using a multi-response permutation procedure (MRPP). The plant community trajectory was evaluated with nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS) and tested for significance with multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA). Species area curves were compared between sites and within remnant and restored groups of plots. Within-year and between-year significance tests indicated that remnant and restored sites were similar in exotic species abundance, graminoid abundance, and wetland species abundance with no significant difference between these remnant and restored wetland prairie sites. Individual sites in both groups experienced changes in exotic species abundance which confounded the statistical results. Species heterogeneity was no more spatially diverse across the remnant site plots than restored site plots. Species area curves did not show significant differences between remnant and restored plots but individual plots did show homogeneous community characteristics at smaller spatial scales. Restoration sites had developed high graminoid cover by the 2000 survey which was conducted two to three years after restoration was initiated. All sites were equally likely to contain exotic species. Exotic species common across all sites included Centaurium umbellatum, Holcus lanatus, and Hypericum perforatum. Native species common across sites included Deschampsia cespitosa, Danthonia californica and Juncus tenuis. These results suggested that differences between remnant and restored Willamette Valley wetland prairie sites were not generalizable at the landscape scale and were more dependent on site specific management activities and local barriers to colonization. Five years may not be enough time to see evidence that suggests if restored plant communities will develop spatial characteristics of the remnant sites. This research does suggest that multi-site comparisons help distinguish individual sites that are not developing characteristics of remnant wetland plant communities. Title: Plant community dynamics in remnant and restored Willamette Valley wetland prairies Author: Schwindt, Rachel A. Invasion by exotic species can pose a major challenge for developing native plant communities in wetland restoration projects. Often native plant communities do not develop as anticipated in restored wetlands due to colonization by exotic species that dominate the native plant community. Despite the time and expense to restore wetlands, there has been little long term research to compare plant communities in restored and natural wetland sites. Research into plant community diversity across several wetland sites over several years can provide a broader perspective into how these ecosystems recover from long-term disturbance. The objective of this study was to compare plant community change from 2000 to 2005 between restored and remnant wetland prairie sites in the southern Willamette Valley in Oregon to determine if exotic species abundance was consistent between these groups. Specific objectives included 1) comparing the diversity and abundance of all species in remnant and restored wetland prairie sites, 2) evaluate the trajectory of community change between remnant and restored wetland prairie sites to determine if there was rapid change in restored sites, and 3) describe the plot level heterogeneity of the plant community in all sites to determine how microsites influence diversity. In 2005, species abundance was re-measured in four remnant wetland prairies and four restored wetland prairies that had been selected for an unrelated vegetation survey in 2000. Species were characterized by life form, origin, and wetland indicator status. Species abundance between groups of remnant and restored sites were compared using a multi-response permutation procedure (MRPP). The plant community trajectory was evaluated with nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMS) and tested for significance with multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA). Species area curves were compared between sites and within remnant and restored groups of plots. Within-year and between-year significance tests indicated that remnant and restored sites were similar in exotic species abundance, graminoid abundance, and wetland species abundance with no significant difference between these remnant and restored wetland prairie sites. Individual sites in both groups experienced changes in exotic species abundance which confounded the statistical results. Species heterogeneity was no more spatially diverse across the remnant site plots than restored site plots. Species area curves did not show significant differences between remnant and restored plots but individual plots did show homogeneous community characteristics at smaller spatial scales. Restoration sites had developed high graminoid cover by the 2000 survey which was conducted two to three years after restoration was initiated. All sites were equally likely to contain exotic species. Exotic species common across all sites included Centaurium umbellatum, Holcus lanatus, and Hypericum perforatum. Native species common across sites included Deschampsia cespitosa, Danthonia californica and Juncus tenuis. These results suggested that differences between remnant and restored Willamette Valley wetland prairie sites were not generalizable at the landscape scale and were more dependent on site specific management activities and local barriers to colonization. Five years may not be enough time to see evidence that suggests if restored plant communities will develop spatial characteristics of the remnant sites. This research does suggest that multi-site comparisons help distinguish individual sites that are not developing characteristics of remnant wetland plant communities. Close

• 81. [Article] Characterizing early-seral competitive mechanisms influencing Douglas-fir seedling growth, vegetation community development, and physiology of selected weedy plant species

  Three studies were conducted to characterize and present early-seral competition between Douglas-fir seedlings and the surrounding vegetation communities during Pacific Northwest forest establishment. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Characterizing early-seral competitive mechanisms influencing Douglas-fir seedling growth, vegetation community development, and physiology of selected weedy plant species Author: Dinger, Eric J. Three studies were conducted to characterize and present early-seral competition between Douglas-fir seedlings and the surrounding vegetation communities during Pacific Northwest forest establishment. The first experiment served as the foundation for this dissertation and was designed to quantify tradeoffs associated with delaying forest establishment activities by introducing a fallow year in order to provide longer-term management of competing vegetation. A range of six operationally relevant treatments were applied over two growing seasons that included in the first (1) a no-action control, (2) a spring release only, (3) a fall site preparation without sulfometuron methyl followed by a spring release, as well as (4) a fall site preparation with sulfometuron methyl and a spring release. In the second year, there was (5) a fall site preparation without sulfometuron methyl followed by a spring release and also in the second year (6) a fall site preparation with sulfometuron methyl and a spring release. Treatments 5 and 6 were left fallow without planting during the first year. These treatments were applied in two replicated experiments within the Oregon Coast Range. After adjusting for initial seedling size, year-3 results indicated that plantation establishment and competition control immediately after harvest (i.e. no fallow period) enabled seedlings to be physically larger than those planted after a one year delay. At the Boot study site, limiting vegetation below 20% for the first growing season improved year-3 Douglas-fir seedling stem volume over 273 cm³. Delaying establishment activities one year and reducing competing vegetation below 11% enabled seedling volume after two years to be statistically the same as three year old seedlings in the no-action control, a volume range of between 148 to 166 cm³. Delaying forest establishment at Jackson Mast improved seedling survivorship over 88% when a spring heat event reduced survivorship of trees planted a year earlier to less than 69%. The combined effect of applying a fall site preparation and spring release was necessary to reduce competitive cover below 10% in the year following treatment and provided longer-lasting control of woody/semi-woody plants. Less intense control measures (i.e. no-action control and treatment 2) were not able to restrain woody/semi-woody plant cover which grew to nearly 40% at Boot and over 24% at Jackson Mast in three years. No treatment regime provided multi-year control of herbaceous species. Including sulfometuron methyl in the fall site preparation tank-mix did not have a negative effect on seedling growth or provide significant reductions in plant community abundance in the year following application when compared to similar regimes that did not include the chemical. Delaying establishment lengthened the amount of time associated with forest regeneration except on a site that accentuated a spring heat event. In the second study, horizontal distance and azimuth readings provided by a ground-based laser were used to stem map seedling locations and experimental unit features at Boot. These data were used to create a relative Cartesian coordinate system that defined spatially explicit polygons enabling, for the first time, the ability to collect positional data on competing forest vegetation within an entire experimental unit. Deemed "vixels" or vegetation pixels, these polygons were assessed for measures of total cover and cover of the top three most abundance species during the initial three years of establishment. An alternate validity check of research protocols was provided when total cover resulting from this vixel technique was compared to a more traditional survey of four randomly located subplots. The resulting linear regression equation had an adjusted R² of 0.90 between these two techniques of assessing total cover. When compared within a treatment and year, total cover differed by less than 12 percentage points between the two techniques. Analysis of year-3 woody/semi-woody plant cover produced by the techniques led to identical treatment differences. Two treatments resulted in woody/semi-woody cover of approximately 1500 ft² by the vixel method and nearly 40% cover by the subplot method while the remaining four treatments were grouped below 600 ft² or 20% cover, respectively. With continued refinement, these techniques could visually present forest development through all phases and provide long-term information used to bolster growth and yield models, measures of site productivity, as well as community ecology research. The third study evaluated the season-long gas exchange and biomass partitioning of four weedy plant species capable of rapidly colonizing Pacific Northwest regenerating forests. Cirsium arvense, Cirsium vulgare, Rubus ursinus and Senecio sylvaticus were studied at two sites. A greenhouse was used to introduce two levels of irrigation (well-watered and droughty). These species were also studied while growing among a larger vegetation community at a field site. Irrigation treatments had little impact on gas exchange rates. Species achieved maximum photosynthetic rates of 30, 20, 15 and 25 μmol CO₂ m⁻² s⁻¹ (respectively) prior to mid-July coinciding with an active phase of vegetative growth. As the season progressed, photosynthetic rates declined in spite of well-watered conditions while transpiration rates remained relatively consistent even when soil water decreased below 0.25 m³ H₂O/m³ soil. Water use efficiency was high until late-July for all study species, after which time it decreased below 5 μmol CO₂ · mmol H₂O⁻¹. Multi-leaf gas exchange measurements as well as biomass data provided a holistic view of plantlevel mechanisms used to shunt activity toward developing tissues. Herbaceous species had assimilation rates that differed vertically (within each species) by as much as 10 to 20 μmol CO₂ m⁻² s⁻¹ from July to September as lower leaves senesced in favor of those higher on study plants. Specific leaf area was greatest in June for all species then declined indicating species placed little effort into sacrificial early season leaves when compared to those higher on the plant that could continue to support flowering or vegetative growth. The study of seasonal gas exchange in the presence of declining water availability has helped to describe competitive mechanisms at work during forest regeneration as well as provide physiologic support for the application of vegetation management regimes. Title: Characterizing early-seral competitive mechanisms influencing Douglas-fir seedling growth, vegetation community development, and physiology of selected weedy plant species Author: Dinger, Eric J. Three studies were conducted to characterize and present early-seral competition between Douglas-fir seedlings and the surrounding vegetation communities during Pacific Northwest forest establishment. The first experiment served as the foundation for this dissertation and was designed to quantify tradeoffs associated with delaying forest establishment activities by introducing a fallow year in order to provide longer-term management of competing vegetation. A range of six operationally relevant treatments were applied over two growing seasons that included in the first (1) a no-action control, (2) a spring release only, (3) a fall site preparation without sulfometuron methyl followed by a spring release, as well as (4) a fall site preparation with sulfometuron methyl and a spring release. In the second year, there was (5) a fall site preparation without sulfometuron methyl followed by a spring release and also in the second year (6) a fall site preparation with sulfometuron methyl and a spring release. Treatments 5 and 6 were left fallow without planting during the first year. These treatments were applied in two replicated experiments within the Oregon Coast Range. After adjusting for initial seedling size, year-3 results indicated that plantation establishment and competition control immediately after harvest (i.e. no fallow period) enabled seedlings to be physically larger than those planted after a one year delay. At the Boot study site, limiting vegetation below 20% for the first growing season improved year-3 Douglas-fir seedling stem volume over 273 cm³. Delaying establishment activities one year and reducing competing vegetation below 11% enabled seedling volume after two years to be statistically the same as three year old seedlings in the no-action control, a volume range of between 148 to 166 cm³. Delaying forest establishment at Jackson Mast improved seedling survivorship over 88% when a spring heat event reduced survivorship of trees planted a year earlier to less than 69%. The combined effect of applying a fall site preparation and spring release was necessary to reduce competitive cover below 10% in the year following treatment and provided longer-lasting control of woody/semi-woody plants. Less intense control measures (i.e. no-action control and treatment 2) were not able to restrain woody/semi-woody plant cover which grew to nearly 40% at Boot and over 24% at Jackson Mast in three years. No treatment regime provided multi-year control of herbaceous species. Including sulfometuron methyl in the fall site preparation tank-mix did not have a negative effect on seedling growth or provide significant reductions in plant community abundance in the year following application when compared to similar regimes that did not include the chemical. Delaying establishment lengthened the amount of time associated with forest regeneration except on a site that accentuated a spring heat event. In the second study, horizontal distance and azimuth readings provided by a ground-based laser were used to stem map seedling locations and experimental unit features at Boot. These data were used to create a relative Cartesian coordinate system that defined spatially explicit polygons enabling, for the first time, the ability to collect positional data on competing forest vegetation within an entire experimental unit. Deemed "vixels" or vegetation pixels, these polygons were assessed for measures of total cover and cover of the top three most abundance species during the initial three years of establishment. An alternate validity check of research protocols was provided when total cover resulting from this vixel technique was compared to a more traditional survey of four randomly located subplots. The resulting linear regression equation had an adjusted R² of 0.90 between these two techniques of assessing total cover. When compared within a treatment and year, total cover differed by less than 12 percentage points between the two techniques. Analysis of year-3 woody/semi-woody plant cover produced by the techniques led to identical treatment differences. Two treatments resulted in woody/semi-woody cover of approximately 1500 ft² by the vixel method and nearly 40% cover by the subplot method while the remaining four treatments were grouped below 600 ft² or 20% cover, respectively. With continued refinement, these techniques could visually present forest development through all phases and provide long-term information used to bolster growth and yield models, measures of site productivity, as well as community ecology research. The third study evaluated the season-long gas exchange and biomass partitioning of four weedy plant species capable of rapidly colonizing Pacific Northwest regenerating forests. Cirsium arvense, Cirsium vulgare, Rubus ursinus and Senecio sylvaticus were studied at two sites. A greenhouse was used to introduce two levels of irrigation (well-watered and droughty). These species were also studied while growing among a larger vegetation community at a field site. Irrigation treatments had little impact on gas exchange rates. Species achieved maximum photosynthetic rates of 30, 20, 15 and 25 μmol CO₂ m⁻² s⁻¹ (respectively) prior to mid-July coinciding with an active phase of vegetative growth. As the season progressed, photosynthetic rates declined in spite of well-watered conditions while transpiration rates remained relatively consistent even when soil water decreased below 0.25 m³ H₂O/m³ soil. Water use efficiency was high until late-July for all study species, after which time it decreased below 5 μmol CO₂ · mmol H₂O⁻¹. Multi-leaf gas exchange measurements as well as biomass data provided a holistic view of plantlevel mechanisms used to shunt activity toward developing tissues. Herbaceous species had assimilation rates that differed vertically (within each species) by as much as 10 to 20 μmol CO₂ m⁻² s⁻¹ from July to September as lower leaves senesced in favor of those higher on study plants. Specific leaf area was greatest in June for all species then declined indicating species placed little effort into sacrificial early season leaves when compared to those higher on the plant that could continue to support flowering or vegetative growth. The study of seasonal gas exchange in the presence of declining water availability has helped to describe competitive mechanisms at work during forest regeneration as well as provide physiologic support for the application of vegetation management regimes. Close

• 82. [Article] Release of dissolved organic matter by coastal diatoms

  Dissolved organic matter (DOM) production was examined in axenic batch cultures of five coastal diatom species. For Chaetoceros decipiens, dissolved organic carbon (DOC) accumulated beginning in late exponential growth ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Release of dissolved organic matter by coastal diatoms Author: Wheeler, Patricia A., Wetz, Michael S. Dissolved organic matter (DOM) production was examined in axenic batch cultures of five coastal diatom species. For Chaetoceros decipiens, dissolved organic carbon (DOC) accumulated beginning in late exponential growth as a result of increased cell density. For Cylindrotheca closterium, DOC actually decreased in late exponential growth and reached zero by the end of the experiment. This coincided with continued particulate organic carbon (POC) production and a threefold increase in the per-cell concentration of transparent exopolymer particles after nutrients were depleted. DOC release rates varied between species but were significantly higher for all five species in exponential or transition growth than during stationary growth. On average, 5% of the total fixed C was released as DOC for four of the diatoms, whereas C. decipiens released ,21% of its fixed C as DOC. The percentage of fixed C released as DOC varied little with nutrient availability or diatom growth stage. The DOM produced by some diatom species adheres to filters and is measured in the particulate organic matter (POM) fraction when cells are separated from the medium by filtration. This may be an important problem when diatom species with known benthic life histories are prevalent. In contrast, for species like Chaetoceros that have no benthic life history, DOM release rates estimated by bulk measurements or 14C appear to be accurate. Overall, these results indicate that the species composition of phytoplankton blooms has the potential to influence the relative importance of POM and DOM production and can complicate interpretation of those measurements. Title: Release of dissolved organic matter by coastal diatoms Author: Wheeler, Patricia A., Wetz, Michael S. Dissolved organic matter (DOM) production was examined in axenic batch cultures of five coastal diatom species. For Chaetoceros decipiens, dissolved organic carbon (DOC) accumulated beginning in late exponential growth as a result of increased cell density. For Cylindrotheca closterium, DOC actually decreased in late exponential growth and reached zero by the end of the experiment. This coincided with continued particulate organic carbon (POC) production and a threefold increase in the per-cell concentration of transparent exopolymer particles after nutrients were depleted. DOC release rates varied between species but were significantly higher for all five species in exponential or transition growth than during stationary growth. On average, 5% of the total fixed C was released as DOC for four of the diatoms, whereas C. decipiens released ,21% of its fixed C as DOC. The percentage of fixed C released as DOC varied little with nutrient availability or diatom growth stage. The DOM produced by some diatom species adheres to filters and is measured in the particulate organic matter (POM) fraction when cells are separated from the medium by filtration. This may be an important problem when diatom species with known benthic life histories are prevalent. In contrast, for species like Chaetoceros that have no benthic life history, DOM release rates estimated by bulk measurements or 14C appear to be accurate. Overall, these results indicate that the species composition of phytoplankton blooms has the potential to influence the relative importance of POM and DOM production and can complicate interpretation of those measurements. Close

• 83. [Article] Feeding ecology of juvenile rockfishes off Oregon and Washington based on stomach content and stable isotope analyses

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Springer ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Feeding ecology of juvenile rockfishes off Oregon and Washington based on stomach content and stable isotope analyses Author: Miller, Todd W., Van Gaest, Ahna, Bosley, Keith L., Bosley, Katelyn M., Elz, Anna, Brodeur, Richard D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Springer and can be found at: http://link.springer.com/journal/227. Title: Feeding ecology of juvenile rockfishes off Oregon and Washington based on stomach content and stable isotope analyses Author: Miller, Todd W., Van Gaest, Ahna, Bosley, Keith L., Bosley, Katelyn M., Elz, Anna, Brodeur, Richard D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Springer and can be found at: http://link.springer.com/journal/227. Close

• 84. [Article] Colonization and extinction in dynamic habitats: an occupancy approach for a Great Plains stream fish assemblage

  To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Colonization and extinction in dynamic habitats: an occupancy approach for a Great Plains stream fish assemblage Author: Falke, Jeffrey A., Bestgen, Kevin R., Bailey, Larissa L., Fausch, Kurt D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://esa.org/. Title: Colonization and extinction in dynamic habitats: an occupancy approach for a Great Plains stream fish assemblage Author: Falke, Jeffrey A., Bestgen, Kevin R., Bailey, Larissa L., Fausch, Kurt D. To the best of our knowledge, one or more authors of this paper were federal employees when contributing to this work. This is the publisher’s final pdf. The published article is copyrighted by Ecological Society of America and can be found at: http://esa.org/. Close

• 85. [Article] Physiological alterations following severe hypoxic stress in two species of fresh-water fish

  Bluegill sunfish, Lepomia macrochirus, and cutthroat trout, Salmo clarki, were exposed to a rapidly declining oxygen tension for a period of time sufficient to just cause loss of equilibrium in the fish. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Physiological alterations following severe hypoxic stress in two species of fresh-water fish Author: Heath, Alan G. Bluegill sunfish, Lepomia macrochirus, and cutthroat trout, Salmo clarki, were exposed to a rapidly declining oxygen tension for a period of time sufficient to just cause loss of equilibrium in the fish. During recovery from the stress, measurements of oxygen uptake, blood lactic acid, blood glucose, liver glycogen, muscle glycogen, and hemoglobin or red blood cell counts were made at fixed intervals of time. Hypoxic stress caused an immediate rise in blood lactate and oxygen uptake in both species with the trout showing the greatest increases. This suggests a greater degree of oxygen debt in the latter, even though the stress routine used on this species was not as prolonged. A delayed peak in the blood lactate observed in the trout but not in the bluegill indicated a possible impairment of circulatory function in the former. The blood lactate returned to normal after two and five hours in the bluegill and cutthroat respectively. The return of the oxygen uptake to control levels required eight and ten hours respectively. An immediate mobilization of the carbohydrate stores occurred during the stress in both the bluegill and trout. The blood glucose concentration rose greatly in the bluegill but not in the trout. Mobilization of liver glycogen in the trout without a concomitant rise in glucose suggested utilization of the latter as rapidly as it was formed. During recovery from the hypoxic stress, resynthesis of glycogen stores occurred much more quickly in the bluegills than trout. Significant changes in hemoglobin or red blood cell numbers did not occur in either species indicating no change in blood water content, or effect on hemopoetic tissues resulting from the stress. It was concluded that the differences observed between these two species point to possible mechanisms in the bluegill which help it to tolerate acute hypoxic conditions better than the trout. Title: Physiological alterations following severe hypoxic stress in two species of fresh-water fish Author: Heath, Alan G. Bluegill sunfish, Lepomia macrochirus, and cutthroat trout, Salmo clarki, were exposed to a rapidly declining oxygen tension for a period of time sufficient to just cause loss of equilibrium in the fish. During recovery from the stress, measurements of oxygen uptake, blood lactic acid, blood glucose, liver glycogen, muscle glycogen, and hemoglobin or red blood cell counts were made at fixed intervals of time. Hypoxic stress caused an immediate rise in blood lactate and oxygen uptake in both species with the trout showing the greatest increases. This suggests a greater degree of oxygen debt in the latter, even though the stress routine used on this species was not as prolonged. A delayed peak in the blood lactate observed in the trout but not in the bluegill indicated a possible impairment of circulatory function in the former. The blood lactate returned to normal after two and five hours in the bluegill and cutthroat respectively. The return of the oxygen uptake to control levels required eight and ten hours respectively. An immediate mobilization of the carbohydrate stores occurred during the stress in both the bluegill and trout. The blood glucose concentration rose greatly in the bluegill but not in the trout. Mobilization of liver glycogen in the trout without a concomitant rise in glucose suggested utilization of the latter as rapidly as it was formed. During recovery from the hypoxic stress, resynthesis of glycogen stores occurred much more quickly in the bluegills than trout. Significant changes in hemoglobin or red blood cell numbers did not occur in either species indicating no change in blood water content, or effect on hemopoetic tissues resulting from the stress. It was concluded that the differences observed between these two species point to possible mechanisms in the bluegill which help it to tolerate acute hypoxic conditions better than the trout. Close

• 86. [Article] Social interaction between juvenile coho and fall chinook salmon in Sixes River, Oregon

  The nature of the interaction between juvenile coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum), and fall chinook salmon, 0. tshawytscha (Walbaum), was studied in Sixes River, Oregon. Seining, snorkeling, and ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Social interaction between juvenile coho and fall chinook salmon in Sixes River, Oregon Author: Stein, Roy A. The nature of the interaction between juvenile coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum), and fall chinook salmon, 0. tshawytscha (Walbaum), was studied in Sixes River, Oregon. Seining, snorkeling, and tagging were used to determine distribution and patterns of growth of these two species in the stream environment. Experiments conducted in flowing-water observation troughs that provided volitional residence were designed to examine the outcome of agonistic behavior between these two species. Both species were distributed throughout the entire river system in early spring. During this period, underwater surveys in the main river and selected tributaries indicated that both species preferred the same habitat. As temperatures increased during the late spring, coho disappeared from the main river, but continued to occupy cool tributaries. Fall chinook, on the other hand, were found primarily in the main river until early summer, when they moved to the estuary. Relatively few individuals remained in the tributaries. Experiments conducted in the troughs revealed that agonistic behavior, including nipping, chasing, lateral display, submission, and fleeing, occurred between juvenile coho and fall chinook. When the two species were together in the troughs and in cool tributary streams, coho grew faster than chinook. When isolated in troughs, both grew at similar rates. Coho tolerated fewer individuals per unit area than did chinook, and occupied positions of dominance near the source of incoming food at the upstream end of the troughs. Coho had brighter fin and body colors, greater fin development, deeper bodies, and were heavier than fall chinook of the same length. Coloration and morphology appeared to be important factors influencing the "apparent" size and presumably the social status of both species. Juvenile coho, with extensive development of fins and coloration and intense territorial behavior, are hypothesized to be adapted to small, cool tributary streams. Fall chinook, on the other hand, with conservative development of fins and coloration and related behavior patterns, appear to be adapted to conditions in the main river and estuary. Title: Social interaction between juvenile coho and fall chinook salmon in Sixes River, Oregon Author: Stein, Roy A. The nature of the interaction between juvenile coho salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum), and fall chinook salmon, 0. tshawytscha (Walbaum), was studied in Sixes River, Oregon. Seining, snorkeling, and tagging were used to determine distribution and patterns of growth of these two species in the stream environment. Experiments conducted in flowing-water observation troughs that provided volitional residence were designed to examine the outcome of agonistic behavior between these two species. Both species were distributed throughout the entire river system in early spring. During this period, underwater surveys in the main river and selected tributaries indicated that both species preferred the same habitat. As temperatures increased during the late spring, coho disappeared from the main river, but continued to occupy cool tributaries. Fall chinook, on the other hand, were found primarily in the main river until early summer, when they moved to the estuary. Relatively few individuals remained in the tributaries. Experiments conducted in the troughs revealed that agonistic behavior, including nipping, chasing, lateral display, submission, and fleeing, occurred between juvenile coho and fall chinook. When the two species were together in the troughs and in cool tributary streams, coho grew faster than chinook. When isolated in troughs, both grew at similar rates. Coho tolerated fewer individuals per unit area than did chinook, and occupied positions of dominance near the source of incoming food at the upstream end of the troughs. Coho had brighter fin and body colors, greater fin development, deeper bodies, and were heavier than fall chinook of the same length. Coloration and morphology appeared to be important factors influencing the "apparent" size and presumably the social status of both species. Juvenile coho, with extensive development of fins and coloration and intense territorial behavior, are hypothesized to be adapted to small, cool tributary streams. Fall chinook, on the other hand, with conservative development of fins and coloration and related behavior patterns, appear to be adapted to conditions in the main river and estuary. Close

• 87. [Article] Community gradients of Arctic macrolichens in relation to succession, grazing and the environment

  The purpose of this dissertation was to define macrolichen community gradients in relation to succession, grazing and the environment. First, species scores indicating when macrolichen species appeared ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Community gradients of Arctic macrolichens in relation to succession, grazing and the environment Author: Holt, Emily A. The purpose of this dissertation was to define macrolichen community gradients in relation to succession, grazing and the environment. First, species scores indicating when macrolichen species appeared following disturbance were derived from the literature. Weighted averaging of these data with a community matrix created a successional score for each sample unit of interest. These scores are surrogates for community age for subsequent analyses. I then described lichen community structure and its relation to the environment in the Bering Land Bridge National Preserve (BELA) in northwestern Alaska. Two primary gradients in lichen community composition were related to habitat rockiness and a substrate-topographic gradient. Next, I sought impacts of grazing by reindeer and caribou on lichen communities. I found lightly grazed areas had taller lichens, greater total lichen cover and minor but significant changes in community structure than heavily grazed sites. Lichen species richness, however, did not differ by grazing status. To create a generalized recovery model, I used plots in burned areas and found total lichen and bryophyte cover varied with time since fire (range 4-49 yrs since fire), while vascular plant cover showed no trend. I then compared these patterns to BELA, an area of unknown disturbance history. Low lichen cover in BELA may not necessarily reflect disturbance but rather site or climatic differences. Lastly, I found that all 17 GIS variables separated lichen communities to some degree. Separation of lichen communities by variable ranged from strong (Alaska Subsections, soil and surficial geology variables) to weak (Watersheds and Reindeer Ownership). The quality of the underlying relationships, how finely the groups are divided and the average patch size of each variable also contribute to differences in how clearly lichen communities were separated. This work will serve as a baseline for future comparisons to understand implications of climate and land use change on lichen communities. My grazing results may inform managers of the implications of heavy grazing and underscore protection and monitoring of prolific and diverse sites. In addition, this work contributes a new method to age tundra communities and a list of GIS variable successful at separating lichen communities. Title: Community gradients of Arctic macrolichens in relation to succession, grazing and the environment Author: Holt, Emily A. The purpose of this dissertation was to define macrolichen community gradients in relation to succession, grazing and the environment. First, species scores indicating when macrolichen species appeared following disturbance were derived from the literature. Weighted averaging of these data with a community matrix created a successional score for each sample unit of interest. These scores are surrogates for community age for subsequent analyses. I then described lichen community structure and its relation to the environment in the Bering Land Bridge National Preserve (BELA) in northwestern Alaska. Two primary gradients in lichen community composition were related to habitat rockiness and a substrate-topographic gradient. Next, I sought impacts of grazing by reindeer and caribou on lichen communities. I found lightly grazed areas had taller lichens, greater total lichen cover and minor but significant changes in community structure than heavily grazed sites. Lichen species richness, however, did not differ by grazing status. To create a generalized recovery model, I used plots in burned areas and found total lichen and bryophyte cover varied with time since fire (range 4-49 yrs since fire), while vascular plant cover showed no trend. I then compared these patterns to BELA, an area of unknown disturbance history. Low lichen cover in BELA may not necessarily reflect disturbance but rather site or climatic differences. Lastly, I found that all 17 GIS variables separated lichen communities to some degree. Separation of lichen communities by variable ranged from strong (Alaska Subsections, soil and surficial geology variables) to weak (Watersheds and Reindeer Ownership). The quality of the underlying relationships, how finely the groups are divided and the average patch size of each variable also contribute to differences in how clearly lichen communities were separated. This work will serve as a baseline for future comparisons to understand implications of climate and land use change on lichen communities. My grazing results may inform managers of the implications of heavy grazing and underscore protection and monitoring of prolific and diverse sites. In addition, this work contributes a new method to age tundra communities and a list of GIS variable successful at separating lichen communities. Close

• 88. [Article] Lichen communities and species indicate climate thresholds in southeast and south-central Alaska, USA

  This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by The American Bryological and Lichenological Society, Inc., and can be found at: ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Lichen communities and species indicate climate thresholds in southeast and south-central Alaska, USA Author: McCune, Bruce, Root, Heather T., Jovan, Sarah This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by The American Bryological and Lichenological Society, Inc., and can be found at: http://www.bioone.org/loi/bryo Title: Lichen communities and species indicate climate thresholds in southeast and south-central Alaska, USA Author: McCune, Bruce, Root, Heather T., Jovan, Sarah This is an author's peer-reviewed final manuscript, as accepted by the publisher. The published article is copyrighted by The American Bryological and Lichenological Society, Inc., and can be found at: http://www.bioone.org/loi/bryo Close

• 89. [Article] Growth rates and species composition of juvenile rockfish (Sebastes spp.) in Oregon’s nearshore and estuarine habitats

  Identification of critical habitat for all life stages of commercially exploited fish populations is critical for effective management. Despite a clear need for basic biological information on juvenile ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Growth rates and species composition of juvenile rockfish (Sebastes spp.) in Oregon’s nearshore and estuarine habitats Author: Gallagher, M. Brett Identification of critical habitat for all life stages of commercially exploited fish populations is critical for effective management. Despite a clear need for basic biological information on juvenile rockfish life history, there have been very few efforts to describe distribution and habitat of this life stage, particularly along the Oregon coast. This study investigated the relationships between habitat-type, species composition and growth of juvenile rockfishes following settlement into nearshore reefs and estuaries. By using a four-level classification system to prioritize and identify Essential Fish Habitat, results of this study refine scientific knowledge of EFH for Oregon’s nearshore rockfish species. Four species of rockfish were collected during the summers of 2004 and 2005. blue rockfish (S. mystinus), black rockfish (S. melanops), yellowtail rockfish (S. flavidus) and widow rockfish (S. entomelas). Nearshore hand net samples were dominated by blue rockfish. Estuary samples were almost exclusively black rockfish, indicating that this species is common in Yaquina Bay. No black rockfish were collected from our nearshore sampling sites in either 2004 or 2005, although this habitat is listed as common for juveniles of this species. Identification of critical habitat for all life stages of commercially exploited fish populations is critical for effective management. Despite a clear need for basic biological information on juvenile rockfish life history, there have been very few efforts to describe distribution and habitat of this life stage, particularly along the Oregon coast. This study investigated the relationships between habitat-type, species composition and growth of juvenile rockfishes following settlement into nearshore reefs and estuaries. By using a four-level classification system to prioritize and identify Essential Fish Habitat, results of this study refine scientific knowledge of EFH for Oregon’s nearshore rockfish species. Four species of rockfish were collected during the summers of 2004 and 2005. blue rockfish (S. mystinus), black rockfish (S. melanops), yellowtail rockfish (S. flavidus) and widow rockfish (S. entomelas). Nearshore hand net samples were dominated by blue rockfish. Estuary samples were almost exclusively black rockfish, indicating that this species is common in Yaquina Bay. No black rockfish were collected from our nearshore sampling sites in either 2004 or 2005, although this habitat is listed as common for juveniles of this species. Blue rockfish settlement was detected from April thru July in 2004, and from May thru June in 2005. Peak settlement timing was in June of both years. Settlement for black rockfish ranged from March thru July both years, with peak settlement timing occurring in mid-May. Yellowtail and widow rockfish juveniles were rarely encountered, with settlement occurring in April and July respectively. Abundance, as estimated from catch per unit effort (CPUE) calculations, varied among years and habitats. Black rockfish were more abundant in 2004 than in 2005. Some of the highest densities were found around pilings, docks and other anthropogenic structures: CPUE decreased within rock, eelgrass, and sand habitats respectively. Growth was not significantly different among habitats for either black or blue rockfish. Growth rate differences were not significant among years for either black or blue rockfish. However, growth differences were significant between species (black 0.50 mm d-1 and blue .54 mm d-1 (two sample-t test, T stat = -3.19, df = 133 P-value <.002). Additionally, this thesis presents a tank validation experiment that investigated the validity of traps as a quantitative measure of habitat quality. This trap validation study showed that as habitat complexity increases, trap efficiency decreases. Trap attractiveness is an important source of bias when used for juvenile rockfish abundance estimation. This study demonstrates abundance estimates may be inflated in areas of low habitat complexity in the natural environment, or under-estimate the relative abundance of rockfishes within complex habitats. This study identifies estuaries as Essential Fish Habitat for black rockfish juveniles along the central Oregon coast, and nearshore reef as EFH for blue rockfish juveniles. Results of this study also provide specific information on spatial and temporal patterns of recruitment, habitat selection and growth, previously unknown for Oregon's nearshore Sebastes species. Title: Growth rates and species composition of juvenile rockfish (Sebastes spp.) in Oregon’s nearshore and estuarine habitats Author: Gallagher, M. Brett Identification of critical habitat for all life stages of commercially exploited fish populations is critical for effective management. Despite a clear need for basic biological information on juvenile rockfish life history, there have been very few efforts to describe distribution and habitat of this life stage, particularly along the Oregon coast. This study investigated the relationships between habitat-type, species composition and growth of juvenile rockfishes following settlement into nearshore reefs and estuaries. By using a four-level classification system to prioritize and identify Essential Fish Habitat, results of this study refine scientific knowledge of EFH for Oregon’s nearshore rockfish species. Four species of rockfish were collected during the summers of 2004 and 2005. blue rockfish (S. mystinus), black rockfish (S. melanops), yellowtail rockfish (S. flavidus) and widow rockfish (S. entomelas). Nearshore hand net samples were dominated by blue rockfish. Estuary samples were almost exclusively black rockfish, indicating that this species is common in Yaquina Bay. No black rockfish were collected from our nearshore sampling sites in either 2004 or 2005, although this habitat is listed as common for juveniles of this species. Identification of critical habitat for all life stages of commercially exploited fish populations is critical for effective management. Despite a clear need for basic biological information on juvenile rockfish life history, there have been very few efforts to describe distribution and habitat of this life stage, particularly along the Oregon coast. This study investigated the relationships between habitat-type, species composition and growth of juvenile rockfishes following settlement into nearshore reefs and estuaries. By using a four-level classification system to prioritize and identify Essential Fish Habitat, results of this study refine scientific knowledge of EFH for Oregon’s nearshore rockfish species. Four species of rockfish were collected during the summers of 2004 and 2005. blue rockfish (S. mystinus), black rockfish (S. melanops), yellowtail rockfish (S. flavidus) and widow rockfish (S. entomelas). Nearshore hand net samples were dominated by blue rockfish. Estuary samples were almost exclusively black rockfish, indicating that this species is common in Yaquina Bay. No black rockfish were collected from our nearshore sampling sites in either 2004 or 2005, although this habitat is listed as common for juveniles of this species. Blue rockfish settlement was detected from April thru July in 2004, and from May thru June in 2005. Peak settlement timing was in June of both years. Settlement for black rockfish ranged from March thru July both years, with peak settlement timing occurring in mid-May. Yellowtail and widow rockfish juveniles were rarely encountered, with settlement occurring in April and July respectively. Abundance, as estimated from catch per unit effort (CPUE) calculations, varied among years and habitats. Black rockfish were more abundant in 2004 than in 2005. Some of the highest densities were found around pilings, docks and other anthropogenic structures: CPUE decreased within rock, eelgrass, and sand habitats respectively. Growth was not significantly different among habitats for either black or blue rockfish. Growth rate differences were not significant among years for either black or blue rockfish. However, growth differences were significant between species (black 0.50 mm d-1 and blue .54 mm d-1 (two sample-t test, T stat = -3.19, df = 133 P-value <.002). Additionally, this thesis presents a tank validation experiment that investigated the validity of traps as a quantitative measure of habitat quality. This trap validation study showed that as habitat complexity increases, trap efficiency decreases. Trap attractiveness is an important source of bias when used for juvenile rockfish abundance estimation. This study demonstrates abundance estimates may be inflated in areas of low habitat complexity in the natural environment, or under-estimate the relative abundance of rockfishes within complex habitats. This study identifies estuaries as Essential Fish Habitat for black rockfish juveniles along the central Oregon coast, and nearshore reef as EFH for blue rockfish juveniles. Results of this study also provide specific information on spatial and temporal patterns of recruitment, habitat selection and growth, previously unknown for Oregon's nearshore Sebastes species. Close

• 90. [Article] Molecular characterization of crustacean parasite Nadelspora canceri

  Investigations into the phylogeny, genome size, and karyotype of microsporidian Nadeispora canceri were initiated to further characterize the organism. Isolates of N. canceri spores were obtained from ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Molecular characterization of crustacean parasite Nadelspora canceri Author: Amogan, Harold Investigations into the phylogeny, genome size, and karyotype of microsporidian Nadeispora canceri were initiated to further characterize the organism. Isolates of N. canceri spores were obtained from both Dungeness (Cancer magisrer) and red rock crabs (Cancer productus). Analysis of the ssu rDNA sequence from spore isolates of the two crab species showed 100% sequence identity among 1,081 nucleotide positions, indicating the same species of microsporidian is infecting both species of crabs. Phylogenetic studies based on the ssu rDNA sequences also showed N. canceri to be most closely related to another crustacean parasite, A meson michaelis. Sequence comparison between the two microsporidian species showed 93% sequence identity (1,001/1081 nucleotide positions). Pulsed field gel electrophoresis was used to estimate the genome size and karyotype of N. canceri isolates obtained from Dungeness and red rock crabs. Resolution of DNA bands on the pulsed field gels revealed both isolates to have a karyotype often chromosome-sized DNA bands. Estimation of the genome size revealed spore isolates from C. magister to have a total genome size of 7.44 Mb and spore isolates from C. productus to have a total genome size of 7.32 Mb. Variations detected in chromosome size culminated in a difference in the genome size between the two isolates. However, the variations in chromosome size were found not to be significant based on the Student's t-test. Title: Molecular characterization of crustacean parasite Nadelspora canceri Author: Amogan, Harold Investigations into the phylogeny, genome size, and karyotype of microsporidian Nadeispora canceri were initiated to further characterize the organism. Isolates of N. canceri spores were obtained from both Dungeness (Cancer magisrer) and red rock crabs (Cancer productus). Analysis of the ssu rDNA sequence from spore isolates of the two crab species showed 100% sequence identity among 1,081 nucleotide positions, indicating the same species of microsporidian is infecting both species of crabs. Phylogenetic studies based on the ssu rDNA sequences also showed N. canceri to be most closely related to another crustacean parasite, A meson michaelis. Sequence comparison between the two microsporidian species showed 93% sequence identity (1,001/1081 nucleotide positions). Pulsed field gel electrophoresis was used to estimate the genome size and karyotype of N. canceri isolates obtained from Dungeness and red rock crabs. Resolution of DNA bands on the pulsed field gels revealed both isolates to have a karyotype often chromosome-sized DNA bands. Estimation of the genome size revealed spore isolates from C. magister to have a total genome size of 7.44 Mb and spore isolates from C. productus to have a total genome size of 7.32 Mb. Variations detected in chromosome size culminated in a difference in the genome size between the two isolates. However, the variations in chromosome size were found not to be significant based on the Student's t-test. Close

• 91. [Article] Population Genetics of American Pika (Ochotona princeps) : Investigating Gene Flow and Genetic Diversity Across Multiple, Complex Landscapes

  American pikas (Ochotona princeps) are considered an indicator species of climate change. Adaptations for cold climates and active winters make pikas particularly sensitive to increasing temperatures. ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Population Genetics of American Pika (Ochotona princeps) : Investigating Gene Flow and Genetic Diversity Across Multiple, Complex Landscapes Author: Castillo, Jessica A. American pikas (Ochotona princeps) are considered an indicator species of climate change. Adaptations for cold climates and active winters make pikas particularly sensitive to increasing temperatures. This, combined with evidence that multiple historically occupied populations have been extirpated within the past century, contributed to American pikas becoming a focal species for climate change research. This dissertation is primarily the product of a collaboration among the National Parks Service and multiple academic institutions whose principal goal was to assess the vulnerability of the American pika within eight national parks representing a variety of habitat types and environmental conditions. While much of the previous climate change-related research on American pikas has focused on how climate affects occupancy, this work sought to establish how landscape characteristics and climate may interact and influence dispersal, population connectivity, and ultimately population vulnerability or resilience. I addressed these questions using population and landscape genetics approaches within nine national parks, two national wildlife refuges, and a national forest. American pikas represent one of the best described mammalian metapopulation systems. They are restricted to rocky habitats, such as talus and lava, which are frequently patchily distributed on the landscape, both at the local and regional scales. Functional connectivity, the combination of habitat configuration and an organism’s ability to move through the landscape, is essential for maintaining robust genetic populations. This is particularly true within metapopulations which, by definition, rely on dispersal of individuals among habitat patches for overall long-term stability. In Chapters 1 and 2, I used a landscape genetics approach to identify features that either promote or inhibit dispersal of American pikas. There has been significant debate over the past few years about the best statistical approaches within landscape genetics and the appropriateness of certain methods in particular. In Chapter 1, I used Crater Lake National Park as a test case to evaluate the effectiveness of Mantel and partial Mantel tests in a causal modeling framework to correctly identify underlying landscape variables (e.g., topography, aspect, water barriers) and their effect on gene flow. I demonstrated, through simulations, that this approach was able to correctly identify the landscape variables, but not precisely the magnitude of their effect on gene flow. I concluded that while results need to be interpreted with caution, this method was effective for identifying which variables are important in shaping functional connectivity. In Chapter 2, I applied the causal modeling approach from Chapter 1 to seven additional study sites. I identified a general trend that south-west facing aspects pose greater resistance to dispersal than north and east-facing aspects, suggesting that exposure to high temperatures may limit dispersal in American pikas. I also found that amount and configuration of habitat (i.e., rocky substrate) influenced the degree to which other landscape variables impact dispersal. I then applied the models of landscape resistance to investigate habitat patch connectivity within each site using a graph theoretic approach. This allowed me to assess overall patch connectivity, as well as identify specific patches and areas within study sites that are particularly important for maintaining functional connectivity, or in contrast, at risk of becoming isolated. Functional connectivity is an important component when assessing population vulnerability because it describes the ability of genetic material to flow through the landscape. A loss of gene flow can lead to isolation of population segments, reduction of effective population size, loss of genetic diversity and subsequent erosion of evolutionary potential, and ultimately metapopulation collapse. However, other factors including habitat area and quality, affect effective population size and population stability. Genetic diversity is the material upon which evolution acts. In the face of rapid environmental change, species must either shift their range in order to track their ecological niche, or adapt in situ to the new environment. The former strategy requires sufficient available habitat as well as dispersal ability, which is unlikely for American pikas. Genetic diversity, therefore, is an important indicator of long-term population viability. In Chapter 3, I quantified genetic diversity within thirteen study sites and investigated the relationship between genetic diversity and environmental variables related to climate as well as habitat configuration and quality. As expected, habitat area was important at both the local and regional scales. Temperature was also a significant predictor of genetic diversity, with hotter sites having lower genetic diversity. However, and somewhat surprisingly, precipitation was a better predictor of genetic diversity than temperature, with sites receiving moderate levels of precipitation having higher genetic diversity. I also compared population differentiation among study sites and identified sites that are particularly distinct. In the process of the above analyses, I also identified a previously undescribed contact zone between the northern and southern Rocky Mountain genetic lineages, recognized as separate subspecies, within Rocky Mountain National Park. Climate change is predicted to affect habitat quality and landscape permeability, both of which have detectable genetic consequences. In Chapter 4, I quantified genetic diversity and structure within two study sites, Yosemite and Lassen Volcanic National Parks, from two sampling periods separated by approximately a century in time. I extracted DNA from historic study skins housed in the University of California Berkeley Museum of Vertebrate Zoology (MVZ) and compared multilocus microsatellite genotypes to those generated from modern fecal and tissue samples. Additionally, the historic survey data, including specimens, field journals, and other artifacts, were used in a series of systematic resurveys and subsequent species distribution modelling by other researchers. The nature of national parks as protected areas affords the opportunity to isolate the effects of climate change to a greater degree than other areas that have also experienced significant land use changes. I found no evidence for a change in genetic diversity within these two sites, consistent with observations from other studies that occupancy has remained relatively stable. I did find some evidence suggesting increasing population differentiation, potentially as a result of eroding landscape permeability. These results provide an important baseline for comparison with other sites, as well as reference points for future genetic monitoring of these populations. In Chapter 5, I provide general synthesis and conclusions, as well as considerations for future research. Title: Population Genetics of American Pika (Ochotona princeps) : Investigating Gene Flow and Genetic Diversity Across Multiple, Complex Landscapes Author: Castillo, Jessica A. American pikas (Ochotona princeps) are considered an indicator species of climate change. Adaptations for cold climates and active winters make pikas particularly sensitive to increasing temperatures. This, combined with evidence that multiple historically occupied populations have been extirpated within the past century, contributed to American pikas becoming a focal species for climate change research. This dissertation is primarily the product of a collaboration among the National Parks Service and multiple academic institutions whose principal goal was to assess the vulnerability of the American pika within eight national parks representing a variety of habitat types and environmental conditions. While much of the previous climate change-related research on American pikas has focused on how climate affects occupancy, this work sought to establish how landscape characteristics and climate may interact and influence dispersal, population connectivity, and ultimately population vulnerability or resilience. I addressed these questions using population and landscape genetics approaches within nine national parks, two national wildlife refuges, and a national forest. American pikas represent one of the best described mammalian metapopulation systems. They are restricted to rocky habitats, such as talus and lava, which are frequently patchily distributed on the landscape, both at the local and regional scales. Functional connectivity, the combination of habitat configuration and an organism’s ability to move through the landscape, is essential for maintaining robust genetic populations. This is particularly true within metapopulations which, by definition, rely on dispersal of individuals among habitat patches for overall long-term stability. In Chapters 1 and 2, I used a landscape genetics approach to identify features that either promote or inhibit dispersal of American pikas. There has been significant debate over the past few years about the best statistical approaches within landscape genetics and the appropriateness of certain methods in particular. In Chapter 1, I used Crater Lake National Park as a test case to evaluate the effectiveness of Mantel and partial Mantel tests in a causal modeling framework to correctly identify underlying landscape variables (e.g., topography, aspect, water barriers) and their effect on gene flow. I demonstrated, through simulations, that this approach was able to correctly identify the landscape variables, but not precisely the magnitude of their effect on gene flow. I concluded that while results need to be interpreted with caution, this method was effective for identifying which variables are important in shaping functional connectivity. In Chapter 2, I applied the causal modeling approach from Chapter 1 to seven additional study sites. I identified a general trend that south-west facing aspects pose greater resistance to dispersal than north and east-facing aspects, suggesting that exposure to high temperatures may limit dispersal in American pikas. I also found that amount and configuration of habitat (i.e., rocky substrate) influenced the degree to which other landscape variables impact dispersal. I then applied the models of landscape resistance to investigate habitat patch connectivity within each site using a graph theoretic approach. This allowed me to assess overall patch connectivity, as well as identify specific patches and areas within study sites that are particularly important for maintaining functional connectivity, or in contrast, at risk of becoming isolated. Functional connectivity is an important component when assessing population vulnerability because it describes the ability of genetic material to flow through the landscape. A loss of gene flow can lead to isolation of population segments, reduction of effective population size, loss of genetic diversity and subsequent erosion of evolutionary potential, and ultimately metapopulation collapse. However, other factors including habitat area and quality, affect effective population size and population stability. Genetic diversity is the material upon which evolution acts. In the face of rapid environmental change, species must either shift their range in order to track their ecological niche, or adapt in situ to the new environment. The former strategy requires sufficient available habitat as well as dispersal ability, which is unlikely for American pikas. Genetic diversity, therefore, is an important indicator of long-term population viability. In Chapter 3, I quantified genetic diversity within thirteen study sites and investigated the relationship between genetic diversity and environmental variables related to climate as well as habitat configuration and quality. As expected, habitat area was important at both the local and regional scales. Temperature was also a significant predictor of genetic diversity, with hotter sites having lower genetic diversity. However, and somewhat surprisingly, precipitation was a better predictor of genetic diversity than temperature, with sites receiving moderate levels of precipitation having higher genetic diversity. I also compared population differentiation among study sites and identified sites that are particularly distinct. In the process of the above analyses, I also identified a previously undescribed contact zone between the northern and southern Rocky Mountain genetic lineages, recognized as separate subspecies, within Rocky Mountain National Park. Climate change is predicted to affect habitat quality and landscape permeability, both of which have detectable genetic consequences. In Chapter 4, I quantified genetic diversity and structure within two study sites, Yosemite and Lassen Volcanic National Parks, from two sampling periods separated by approximately a century in time. I extracted DNA from historic study skins housed in the University of California Berkeley Museum of Vertebrate Zoology (MVZ) and compared multilocus microsatellite genotypes to those generated from modern fecal and tissue samples. Additionally, the historic survey data, including specimens, field journals, and other artifacts, were used in a series of systematic resurveys and subsequent species distribution modelling by other researchers. The nature of national parks as protected areas affords the opportunity to isolate the effects of climate change to a greater degree than other areas that have also experienced significant land use changes. I found no evidence for a change in genetic diversity within these two sites, consistent with observations from other studies that occupancy has remained relatively stable. I did find some evidence suggesting increasing population differentiation, potentially as a result of eroding landscape permeability. These results provide an important baseline for comparison with other sites, as well as reference points for future genetic monitoring of these populations. In Chapter 5, I provide general synthesis and conclusions, as well as considerations for future research. Close

• 92. [Article] Population genetics, systematics, and habitat associations of chanterelles in the Pacific Northwest

  Balancing resource extraction with protection of Pacific Northwest forest ecosystems requires understanding the population biology of ectomycorrhizal fungi. Design of landscape-scale management and research ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Population genetics, systematics, and habitat associations of chanterelles in the Pacific Northwest Author: Dunham, Susie M. Balancing resource extraction with protection of Pacific Northwest forest ecosystems requires understanding the population biology of ectomycorrhizal fungi. Design of landscape-scale management and research strategies requires understanding genet size, habitat requirements, and dispersal capabilities. The purpose of this dissertation was to gain knowledge about the distribution of genetic variation, systematics, and habitat associations of chanterelles (Cantharellus sp.). Population genetic markers were required to complete this research. I developed and characterized five co-dominant microsatellite markers and used them to study Pacific golden chanterelle (C. form osus) genet size and its relation to forest disturbance. Genetic data indicated that C. formosus collections included a cryptic chanterelle species. Small (<4 m diameter) genets were characterized for both genetic types and there was no evidence that genet size differed across disturbance treatments. Three genetic and one morphological data set were colleted to determine if the genetic variability observed during the genet study was indicative of species boundaries. These data were used in combination to characterize a new species of yellow chanterelle, C. cascadensis nom. prov. Microsatellite data provide evidence that C. subalbidus, C. cascadensis nom. prov., and C. form osus do not interbreed when they co-occur spatially. Morphological data indicate that pileus color and stipe shape can be used to separate fresh collections of C. formosus and C. cascadensis nom. prov. I also determined the habitat associations of three chanterelle species with respect to stand age. At the watershed scale stand age is a good predictor of the distribution of C. subalbidus and C.formosus, but is only marginally important for C. cascadensis nom. prov. To characterize chanterelle dispersal capabilities I used spatial autocorrelation analysis to examine the withinpopulation genetic structure of C. formosus. Positive spatial autocorrelation was detected estimating a 200 m radius for genetically homogeneous patches for C. form osus indicating that limited spore dispersal possibly coupled with inbreeding works to maintain fine scale genetic structure in this species. Title: Population genetics, systematics, and habitat associations of chanterelles in the Pacific Northwest Author: Dunham, Susie M. Balancing resource extraction with protection of Pacific Northwest forest ecosystems requires understanding the population biology of ectomycorrhizal fungi. Design of landscape-scale management and research strategies requires understanding genet size, habitat requirements, and dispersal capabilities. The purpose of this dissertation was to gain knowledge about the distribution of genetic variation, systematics, and habitat associations of chanterelles (Cantharellus sp.). Population genetic markers were required to complete this research. I developed and characterized five co-dominant microsatellite markers and used them to study Pacific golden chanterelle (C. form osus) genet size and its relation to forest disturbance. Genetic data indicated that C. formosus collections included a cryptic chanterelle species. Small (<4 m diameter) genets were characterized for both genetic types and there was no evidence that genet size differed across disturbance treatments. Three genetic and one morphological data set were colleted to determine if the genetic variability observed during the genet study was indicative of species boundaries. These data were used in combination to characterize a new species of yellow chanterelle, C. cascadensis nom. prov. Microsatellite data provide evidence that C. subalbidus, C. cascadensis nom. prov., and C. form osus do not interbreed when they co-occur spatially. Morphological data indicate that pileus color and stipe shape can be used to separate fresh collections of C. formosus and C. cascadensis nom. prov. I also determined the habitat associations of three chanterelle species with respect to stand age. At the watershed scale stand age is a good predictor of the distribution of C. subalbidus and C.formosus, but is only marginally important for C. cascadensis nom. prov. To characterize chanterelle dispersal capabilities I used spatial autocorrelation analysis to examine the withinpopulation genetic structure of C. formosus. Positive spatial autocorrelation was detected estimating a 200 m radius for genetically homogeneous patches for C. form osus indicating that limited spore dispersal possibly coupled with inbreeding works to maintain fine scale genetic structure in this species. Close

• 93. [Article] Murray's law, the ‘Yarrum’ optimum, and the hydraulic architecture of compound leaves

  The definitive version of this article is available at www.newphytologist.com.

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Murray's law, the ‘Yarrum’ optimum, and the hydraulic architecture of compound leaves Author: Meinzer, F. C., Lachenbruch, B., McCulloh, K. A., Atala, C., Sperry, J. S. The definitive version of this article is available at www.newphytologist.com. Title: Murray's law, the ‘Yarrum’ optimum, and the hydraulic architecture of compound leaves Author: Meinzer, F. C., Lachenbruch, B., McCulloh, K. A., Atala, C., Sperry, J. S. The definitive version of this article is available at www.newphytologist.com. Close

• 94. [Article] Determination of trace concentrations of cobalt via lucigenin chemiluminescence

  The application of lucigenin chemiluminescence for the determination of trace concentrations of Co(II) is described. This method is based on the enhancing effect that Co(II) has on the reaction of lucigenin ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Determination of trace concentrations of cobalt via lucigenin chemiluminescence Author: Montano, Laurence Alan The application of lucigenin chemiluminescence for the determination of trace concentrations of Co(II) is described. This method is based on the enhancing effect that Co(II) has on the reaction of lucigenin and hydrogen peroxide in a basic solution. The chemiluminescence signal from a Co(II) enhanced lucigenin reaction, which is in excess of the signal in the absence of added metal activators, is proportional to the Co(II) concentration. The instrumentation used in the study was a previously constructed chemiluminescence photometer. The photometer is the discrete sampling system type and the luminescent signal was monitored with a photomultiplier tube. Several improvements were made to the existing instrumentation in order to minimize contamination, improve the reproducibility of the chemiluminescent signals, and decrease the analysis time. The mixing order of the reagents, their concentration and volumes, and other reaction conditions were optimized. The Co calibration curve is linear from the detection limit, 15 pptr, up to 100 ppm. A comprehensive interference study of 88 species (metals, nonmetals, common anions, and complexing agents) indicated that many species enhance or inhibit the lucigenin reaction. In many samples, most of these potential interferents are not present at a large enough concentration to interfere with the determination of ppb and sub-ppb concentrations of Co(II). A solvent extraction separation procedure was developed to isolate Co from its matrix and the most troublesome interferences (Mg and Fe), and it was used in the analysis of NBS orchard leaves. The analysis of five orchard leaves samples indicated that the Co concentration was 0.12 ppm and the relative precision was 18%. Direct analysis of a spiked tap water sample showed that dilution can be used to eliminate interferences as long as the Co concentration in the sample is at least 5 ppb. The chemiluminescent reaction of lucigenin in a strongly basic solution in the absence of hydrogen peroxide was studied and various absorption, fluorescence, and chemiluminescent spectra were obtained. The reactivity of several Co(III) complexes was investigated as well as the effect of bubbling the reaction solutions with O₂, N₂, H₂, and Ar. Title: Determination of trace concentrations of cobalt via lucigenin chemiluminescence Author: Montano, Laurence Alan The application of lucigenin chemiluminescence for the determination of trace concentrations of Co(II) is described. This method is based on the enhancing effect that Co(II) has on the reaction of lucigenin and hydrogen peroxide in a basic solution. The chemiluminescence signal from a Co(II) enhanced lucigenin reaction, which is in excess of the signal in the absence of added metal activators, is proportional to the Co(II) concentration. The instrumentation used in the study was a previously constructed chemiluminescence photometer. The photometer is the discrete sampling system type and the luminescent signal was monitored with a photomultiplier tube. Several improvements were made to the existing instrumentation in order to minimize contamination, improve the reproducibility of the chemiluminescent signals, and decrease the analysis time. The mixing order of the reagents, their concentration and volumes, and other reaction conditions were optimized. The Co calibration curve is linear from the detection limit, 15 pptr, up to 100 ppm. A comprehensive interference study of 88 species (metals, nonmetals, common anions, and complexing agents) indicated that many species enhance or inhibit the lucigenin reaction. In many samples, most of these potential interferents are not present at a large enough concentration to interfere with the determination of ppb and sub-ppb concentrations of Co(II). A solvent extraction separation procedure was developed to isolate Co from its matrix and the most troublesome interferences (Mg and Fe), and it was used in the analysis of NBS orchard leaves. The analysis of five orchard leaves samples indicated that the Co concentration was 0.12 ppm and the relative precision was 18%. Direct analysis of a spiked tap water sample showed that dilution can be used to eliminate interferences as long as the Co concentration in the sample is at least 5 ppb. The chemiluminescent reaction of lucigenin in a strongly basic solution in the absence of hydrogen peroxide was studied and various absorption, fluorescence, and chemiluminescent spectra were obtained. The reactivity of several Co(III) complexes was investigated as well as the effect of bubbling the reaction solutions with O₂, N₂, H₂, and Ar. Close

• 95. [Article] Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands

  Abstract Only

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands Author: Doyen, Luc, Hardy, Pierre-Yves, Bene, Christophe, Schwarz, Anne-Maree Abstract Only Title: Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands Author: Doyen, Luc, Hardy, Pierre-Yves, Bene, Christophe, Schwarz, Anne-Maree Abstract Only Close

• 96. [Article] Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands

  Abstract only

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands Author: Doyen, Luc, Hardy, Pierre-Yves, Bene, Christophe, Schwarz, Anne-Maree Abstract only Title: Searching for viable exploitation within small scale fisheries; the case of Solomon Islands Author: Doyen, Luc, Hardy, Pierre-Yves, Bene, Christophe, Schwarz, Anne-Maree Abstract only Close

• 97. [Article] Benthic macroinvertebrates and sediment characteristics of a coastal dune margin lake (Carter Lake, Douglas County, Oregon)

  Carter Lake, a freshwater, coastal dune-margin lake, was sampled at the beginning and end of the summer of 1986 to determine the sediment characteristics and benthic macroinvertebrate abundance, biomass, ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Benthic macroinvertebrates and sediment characteristics of a coastal dune margin lake (Carter Lake, Douglas County, Oregon) Author: Wones, Andrew G. Carter Lake, a freshwater, coastal dune-margin lake, was sampled at the beginning and end of the summer of 1986 to determine the sediment characteristics and benthic macroinvertebrate abundance, biomass, variety, and diversity. The distributions of major benthic habitats were estimated by snorkeling in June and July, 1986. Water temperature and dissolved oxygen were measured throughout the summer of 1986. In July 1987, water temperature, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, alkalinity and pH were determined. Thermal stratification was not observed during this study and the water column warmed gradually between April and July. Dissolved oxygen remained close to 100% saturation throughout the study. The water level of Carter Lake dropped about 2.5 m between May and October, reducing its surface area by about 40%. The benthic habitats of Carter Lake were stratified into four major zones: a sandy temporarily submerged littoral zone; a sandy but permanently submerged littoral zone; a mid-depth zone where a macrophyte, Nitella. grew; and a deep zone with soft mud substrate. The average density of benthic macroinvertebrates was highest in the shallow permanently submerged zone ( >16000 / m² in May and October ) and lowest in the deep mud zone ( 2900 / m² in May and 4700 / m² in October ). In May, benthic macroinvertebrate biomass was highest in the shallow zones ( 1.3 - 2.9 g / m² dry weight ); in October biomass was highest in the mid-depth zone ( 4.4 g/m² dry weight, excluding crayfish and mussels ). Fifty-three invertebrate taxa were identified from Carter Lake, including three euryhaline crustacean species ( Corophium spinicorne. Gnorimosphaeroma oregonensis lutea. and Acanthomysis awatchensis ) . Corophium spinicorne dominated the macroinvertebrate communities of the shallow areas and sphaeriid clams dominated the deep water community. The mid-depth zone had the most diverse community. Two species that were abundant in the temporarily submerged area, Corophium spinicorne and Juga piicifera. were found in greater numbers deeper in the lake after the water level dropped, indicating that these species migrate in response to changing water level. Title: Benthic macroinvertebrates and sediment characteristics of a coastal dune margin lake (Carter Lake, Douglas County, Oregon) Author: Wones, Andrew G. Carter Lake, a freshwater, coastal dune-margin lake, was sampled at the beginning and end of the summer of 1986 to determine the sediment characteristics and benthic macroinvertebrate abundance, biomass, variety, and diversity. The distributions of major benthic habitats were estimated by snorkeling in June and July, 1986. Water temperature and dissolved oxygen were measured throughout the summer of 1986. In July 1987, water temperature, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, alkalinity and pH were determined. Thermal stratification was not observed during this study and the water column warmed gradually between April and July. Dissolved oxygen remained close to 100% saturation throughout the study. The water level of Carter Lake dropped about 2.5 m between May and October, reducing its surface area by about 40%. The benthic habitats of Carter Lake were stratified into four major zones: a sandy temporarily submerged littoral zone; a sandy but permanently submerged littoral zone; a mid-depth zone where a macrophyte, Nitella. grew; and a deep zone with soft mud substrate. The average density of benthic macroinvertebrates was highest in the shallow permanently submerged zone ( >16000 / m² in May and October ) and lowest in the deep mud zone ( 2900 / m² in May and 4700 / m² in October ). In May, benthic macroinvertebrate biomass was highest in the shallow zones ( 1.3 - 2.9 g / m² dry weight ); in October biomass was highest in the mid-depth zone ( 4.4 g/m² dry weight, excluding crayfish and mussels ). Fifty-three invertebrate taxa were identified from Carter Lake, including three euryhaline crustacean species ( Corophium spinicorne. Gnorimosphaeroma oregonensis lutea. and Acanthomysis awatchensis ) . Corophium spinicorne dominated the macroinvertebrate communities of the shallow areas and sphaeriid clams dominated the deep water community. The mid-depth zone had the most diverse community. Two species that were abundant in the temporarily submerged area, Corophium spinicorne and Juga piicifera. were found in greater numbers deeper in the lake after the water level dropped, indicating that these species migrate in response to changing water level. Close

• 98. [Article] Canyon Grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area : How have they changed over time and what is their future trajectory?

  The canyon grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area (HCNRA) are a unique ecosystem within the Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass Region (PNWBR) with a long history of natural and anthropogenic ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Canyon Grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area : How have they changed over time and what is their future trajectory? Author: Pack, Samantha J. The canyon grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area (HCNRA) are a unique ecosystem within the Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass Region (PNWBR) with a long history of natural and anthropogenic disturbances including fire, invasive species introduction, historical livestock grazing, and cultivation. Even with this history, these canyon grasslands contain some of the last remnants of the Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass Region. For thousands of years, these grasslands were occupied by the Nez Perce Tribe and have been grazed since the 1700s. In addition to grazing, settlers cultivated many parts of the HCNRA and some of these homesteads can still be seen today. Both historical and current land uses are strongly influenced by the natural topography of these canyon grasslands, with the highest concentration of land use centered on benchlands while steep canyon slopes avoided cultivation and were used less by livestock. The different plant associations of these grasslands are also influenced by the unique topography of the HCNRA due to the relationships between soil moisture and depth and abrupt alterations in aspect, slope, and elevation. Very few studies have examined the plant associations of the canyon grasslands of the HCNRA, even fewer have asked how they have changed over time, and there are no studies looking into their future trajectory by assessing the seed bank. The first study in my thesis (Chapter 2) focused on how canyon grasslands have changed over time using a repeated survey of vegetation from four different plant associations within the Lower Imnaha Subbasin. From the original study conducted in 1981, a total of 19 different plots in four plant associations were chosen to be resampled in 2014. Since the original study was used to classify seral stages within the plant associations, these successional stages were used to determine if the plant communities had transitioned between the seral classes over the 33 year-time-period. In addition, given the importance of topography to these grasslands, elevation, slope, and aspect were evaluated for their relationship to successional changes. Both Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS) and Indicator Species Analysis were used to verify the seral stage classifications for each plot in 1981 and 2014. To evaluate how each association had changed between sampling years, Multi-response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and NMS were used. Most of these plant associations were relatively stable and had, for the most part, remained at the same seral stage or transitioned to a later seral stage. Among the plant associations, slope was the topographical variable that appeared most related to the transitions in seral stages. Steeper slopes either remained at the same seral stage or transitioned to a later one, while gentler slopes (< 20%) tended to shift from later to earlier seral stages. A relatively new introduced annual grass to the region, Ventenata dubia (not present in the 1981 sampling), was found in three of the four plant associations and was most abundant on the benchlands. The results of this resurvey suggest that topography is related to both the distribution of plant associations and which sites will shift in seral stage over time across the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin. The second study of my thesis (Chapter 3) focused on using a seed bank study as one of the many ways to examine the future trajectory of the plant communities in the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin, with a particular focus on the benchlands. The seed bank contains the regenerative pool for plant communities and represents the potential for a community to respond to disturbances. The seed bank from benchland sites in one plant association was evaluated in relation to the standing vegetation, successional stage, and historical cultivation. To my knowledge, this was the first seed bank study for the grasslands of this region. Vegetation cover and soil samples were collected from 8 sites, including two previously cultivated and two reference noncultivated sites. NMS was used to extract the strongest community gradients, which naturally separated out the seral stage classifications of the vegetation. To evaluate differences between the vegetation and the seed bank, between successional stages, and between cultivation histories, MRPP was used. Results from the seed bank study are consistent with many other studies around the world in perennial grasslands showing that the vegetation and seed bank are often dissimilar. Similarities between the vegetation and seed bank were highest in the annual grass dominated stage compared to the early seral stage. The effects of cultivation appear to still be evident in the seed bank, where cultivated sites have significantly more introduced grasses compared to noncultivated sites (p < 0.05). There was an overall greater abundance of introduced annual forb and grass species in the seed bank on these benchland sites, suggesting that they may be native seed limited and could easily shift to invasive species dominance after further disturbance, especially on previously cultivated areas. The results of both of these studies suggest that benchlands and lower sloped sites surrounding them in the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin may less resistant and resilient to disturbance. Priorities for future research and management may also need to focus on the plant communities of benchlands in these unique grasslands. Title: Canyon Grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area : How have they changed over time and what is their future trajectory? Author: Pack, Samantha J. The canyon grasslands of the Hells Canyon National Recreation Area (HCNRA) are a unique ecosystem within the Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass Region (PNWBR) with a long history of natural and anthropogenic disturbances including fire, invasive species introduction, historical livestock grazing, and cultivation. Even with this history, these canyon grasslands contain some of the last remnants of the Pacific Northwest Bunchgrass Region. For thousands of years, these grasslands were occupied by the Nez Perce Tribe and have been grazed since the 1700s. In addition to grazing, settlers cultivated many parts of the HCNRA and some of these homesteads can still be seen today. Both historical and current land uses are strongly influenced by the natural topography of these canyon grasslands, with the highest concentration of land use centered on benchlands while steep canyon slopes avoided cultivation and were used less by livestock. The different plant associations of these grasslands are also influenced by the unique topography of the HCNRA due to the relationships between soil moisture and depth and abrupt alterations in aspect, slope, and elevation. Very few studies have examined the plant associations of the canyon grasslands of the HCNRA, even fewer have asked how they have changed over time, and there are no studies looking into their future trajectory by assessing the seed bank. The first study in my thesis (Chapter 2) focused on how canyon grasslands have changed over time using a repeated survey of vegetation from four different plant associations within the Lower Imnaha Subbasin. From the original study conducted in 1981, a total of 19 different plots in four plant associations were chosen to be resampled in 2014. Since the original study was used to classify seral stages within the plant associations, these successional stages were used to determine if the plant communities had transitioned between the seral classes over the 33 year-time-period. In addition, given the importance of topography to these grasslands, elevation, slope, and aspect were evaluated for their relationship to successional changes. Both Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling (NMS) and Indicator Species Analysis were used to verify the seral stage classifications for each plot in 1981 and 2014. To evaluate how each association had changed between sampling years, Multi-response Permutation Procedures (MRPP) and NMS were used. Most of these plant associations were relatively stable and had, for the most part, remained at the same seral stage or transitioned to a later seral stage. Among the plant associations, slope was the topographical variable that appeared most related to the transitions in seral stages. Steeper slopes either remained at the same seral stage or transitioned to a later one, while gentler slopes (< 20%) tended to shift from later to earlier seral stages. A relatively new introduced annual grass to the region, Ventenata dubia (not present in the 1981 sampling), was found in three of the four plant associations and was most abundant on the benchlands. The results of this resurvey suggest that topography is related to both the distribution of plant associations and which sites will shift in seral stage over time across the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin. The second study of my thesis (Chapter 3) focused on using a seed bank study as one of the many ways to examine the future trajectory of the plant communities in the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin, with a particular focus on the benchlands. The seed bank contains the regenerative pool for plant communities and represents the potential for a community to respond to disturbances. The seed bank from benchland sites in one plant association was evaluated in relation to the standing vegetation, successional stage, and historical cultivation. To my knowledge, this was the first seed bank study for the grasslands of this region. Vegetation cover and soil samples were collected from 8 sites, including two previously cultivated and two reference noncultivated sites. NMS was used to extract the strongest community gradients, which naturally separated out the seral stage classifications of the vegetation. To evaluate differences between the vegetation and the seed bank, between successional stages, and between cultivation histories, MRPP was used. Results from the seed bank study are consistent with many other studies around the world in perennial grasslands showing that the vegetation and seed bank are often dissimilar. Similarities between the vegetation and seed bank were highest in the annual grass dominated stage compared to the early seral stage. The effects of cultivation appear to still be evident in the seed bank, where cultivated sites have significantly more introduced grasses compared to noncultivated sites (p < 0.05). There was an overall greater abundance of introduced annual forb and grass species in the seed bank on these benchland sites, suggesting that they may be native seed limited and could easily shift to invasive species dominance after further disturbance, especially on previously cultivated areas. The results of both of these studies suggest that benchlands and lower sloped sites surrounding them in the canyon grasslands of the Lower Imnaha Subbasin may less resistant and resilient to disturbance. Priorities for future research and management may also need to focus on the plant communities of benchlands in these unique grasslands. Close

• 99. [Article] Early competitive environments differentially influence stress axis responses in sympatric, ecologically similar songbirds

  1. Early competitive environments can shape the development of offspring across taxa. For example, competition for food can have downstream effects on offspring phenotypes and fitness; however, little ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Early competitive environments differentially influence stress axis responses in sympatric, ecologically similar songbirds Author: Hardt, Braelei M 1. Early competitive environments can shape the development of offspring across taxa. For example, competition for food can have downstream effects on offspring phenotypes and fitness; however, little is known about how early competition influences the development of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis and its potential tradeoff with growth. Because baseline and stressor-induced concentrations of glucocorticoids serve different purposes yet are central to survival, both should be evaluated both when assessing these potential tradeoffs. 2. We used a reciprocal partial cross-fostering study design in a free-living population of two species of sympatric, closely related bird species to test the hypothesis that increased competition during post-natal development leads to tradeoffs in the production of corticosterone (CORT), the primary glucocorticoid in birds, and growth. In addition, we tested the extent to which these responses differed between closely related species experiencing the same experimental conditions. 3. We found that nestlings of both species had elevated concentrations of both baseline and stressor-induced CORT in enlarged broods relative to control and reduced broods. In addition, we detected higher stressor-induced CORT in Violet-green Swallows (Tachycineta thalassina) when compared to Tree Swallows (T. bicolor) across treatments. 4. Violet-green Swallows grew slower than Tree Swallows in all treatments, and growth rate tended to decrease as brood size increased in both species. Further, we did not detect a treatment effect on the offspring survivorship to fledge or length of nesting period. Thus, elevated levels of CORT appear to be adaptive via changes that maintain nest survival rates under challenging conditions, such as when brood competition is high. 5. Our study showed that nestlings of closely related species that experience the same environmental stressors can diverge in their CORT response, indicating that species-level variation in CORT expression may be more important than environmental drivers. Further, we found that variation in early competition can lead to changes in CORT expression in swallows, and that this expression trades off with growth when brood competition is high. CORT may play a key role for balancing energetic demands that arise in the face of nestmate competition. Title: Early competitive environments differentially influence stress axis responses in sympatric, ecologically similar songbirds Author: Hardt, Braelei M 1. Early competitive environments can shape the development of offspring across taxa. For example, competition for food can have downstream effects on offspring phenotypes and fitness; however, little is known about how early competition influences the development of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis and its potential tradeoff with growth. Because baseline and stressor-induced concentrations of glucocorticoids serve different purposes yet are central to survival, both should be evaluated both when assessing these potential tradeoffs. 2. We used a reciprocal partial cross-fostering study design in a free-living population of two species of sympatric, closely related bird species to test the hypothesis that increased competition during post-natal development leads to tradeoffs in the production of corticosterone (CORT), the primary glucocorticoid in birds, and growth. In addition, we tested the extent to which these responses differed between closely related species experiencing the same experimental conditions. 3. We found that nestlings of both species had elevated concentrations of both baseline and stressor-induced CORT in enlarged broods relative to control and reduced broods. In addition, we detected higher stressor-induced CORT in Violet-green Swallows (Tachycineta thalassina) when compared to Tree Swallows (T. bicolor) across treatments. 4. Violet-green Swallows grew slower than Tree Swallows in all treatments, and growth rate tended to decrease as brood size increased in both species. Further, we did not detect a treatment effect on the offspring survivorship to fledge or length of nesting period. Thus, elevated levels of CORT appear to be adaptive via changes that maintain nest survival rates under challenging conditions, such as when brood competition is high. 5. Our study showed that nestlings of closely related species that experience the same environmental stressors can diverge in their CORT response, indicating that species-level variation in CORT expression may be more important than environmental drivers. Further, we found that variation in early competition can lead to changes in CORT expression in swallows, and that this expression trades off with growth when brood competition is high. CORT may play a key role for balancing energetic demands that arise in the face of nestmate competition. Close

• 100. [Article] Limnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, with emphasis on benthos

  Aspects of the limnology and benthic ecology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, are described emphasizing those features that identify its uniqueness. The lake is large, shallow, and characterized by nuisance ...

  Citation × Citation Citation Abstract Copy Title: Limnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, with emphasis on benthos Author: Hazel, Charles R. Aspects of the limnology and benthic ecology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, are described emphasizing those features that identify its uniqueness. The lake is large, shallow, and characterized by nuisance abundances of Aphanizomenon flos-aquae and midge flies. Results of this study indicate that it does not stratify and dissolved oxygen is sufficient to support game fish except in localized embayments. Although temperatures exceed 70°F and pH is between 9 and 10 during late summer, the lake supports a good trout fishery. Light penetration is limited with extinction coefficients between 1.32 and 11.56. Turbidity was demonstrated to result from both the massive blooms of Aphanizomenon and the resuspension of bottom sediments. Water mass movements of the order of 0.02 ft/sec or more was needed to resuspend bottom sediments. This resuspension occurred almost daily and sediments were mixed throughout the column of water. An estimate of the oxygen demand of bottom sediments was 1.14 mg/sq. ft/day. Zooplankton, benthos, and fishes were collected, identified, and categorized by habitat type, Daphnia schodleri, Diaptomus, and Cyclops are the most abundant zooplankters. The diatomaceous ooze that covers nearly 100 percent of the bottom of the lake is inhabited primarily by Oligochaete worms, leeches (Helobdella and Glossiphonia), midge larvae, and snails in that respective order of abundance. A large variety of benthic organisms inhabit the many habitats found at the edge of the lake. Artificial substrate experiments carried out in the lake indicated that some species are limited in their distributions by a lack of proper substrate. Apparent substrate preferences were demonstrated to be influenced by size of the organism, time of incubation of the sampler, and possibly by predation by leeches. Title: Limnology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, with emphasis on benthos Author: Hazel, Charles R. Aspects of the limnology and benthic ecology of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, are described emphasizing those features that identify its uniqueness. The lake is large, shallow, and characterized by nuisance abundances of Aphanizomenon flos-aquae and midge flies. Results of this study indicate that it does not stratify and dissolved oxygen is sufficient to support game fish except in localized embayments. Although temperatures exceed 70°F and pH is between 9 and 10 during late summer, the lake supports a good trout fishery. Light penetration is limited with extinction coefficients between 1.32 and 11.56. Turbidity was demonstrated to result from both the massive blooms of Aphanizomenon and the resuspension of bottom sediments. Water mass movements of the order of 0.02 ft/sec or more was needed to resuspend bottom sediments. This resuspension occurred almost daily and sediments were mixed throughout the column of water. An estimate of the oxygen demand of bottom sediments was 1.14 mg/sq. ft/day. Zooplankton, benthos, and fishes were collected, identified, and categorized by habitat type, Daphnia schodleri, Diaptomus, and Cyclops are the most abundant zooplankters. The diatomaceous ooze that covers nearly 100 percent of the bottom of the lake is inhabited primarily by Oligochaete worms, leeches (Helobdella and Glossiphonia), midge larvae, and snails in that respective order of abundance. A large variety of benthic organisms inhabit the many habitats found at the edge of the lake. Artificial substrate experiments carried out in the lake indicated that some species are limited in their distributions by a lack of proper substrate. Apparent substrate preferences were demonstrated to be influenced by size of the organism, time of incubation of the sampler, and possibly by predation by leeches. Close